US20160130514A1 - Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants - Google Patents

Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20160130514A1
US20160130514A1 US14/896,598 US201414896598A US2016130514A1 US 20160130514 A1 US20160130514 A1 US 20160130514A1 US 201414896598 A US201414896598 A US 201414896598A US 2016130514 A1 US2016130514 A1 US 2016130514A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
hydrocarbyl
fuel
substituted
quaternizable
acid
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/896,598
Inventor
Markus Hansch
Harald Boehnke
Wolfgang Grabarse
Ludwig Voelkel
Maxim Peretolchin
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
BASF SE
Original Assignee
BASF SE
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=50928102&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20160130514(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority claimed from EP13171057.6A external-priority patent/EP2811007A1/en
Application filed by BASF SE filed Critical BASF SE
Publication of US20160130514A1 publication Critical patent/US20160130514A1/en
Priority to US15/678,974 priority Critical patent/US10407634B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L1/00Liquid carbonaceous fuels
    • C10L1/10Liquid carbonaceous fuels containing additives
    • C10L1/14Organic compounds
    • C10L1/22Organic compounds containing nitrogen
    • C10L1/222Organic compounds containing nitrogen containing at least one carbon-to-nitrogen single bond
    • C10L1/2222(cyclo)aliphatic amines; polyamines (no macromolecular substituent 30C); quaternair ammonium compounds; carbamates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C213/00Preparation of compounds containing amino and hydroxy, amino and etherified hydroxy or amino and esterified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C213/08Preparation of compounds containing amino and hydroxy, amino and etherified hydroxy or amino and esterified hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton by reactions not involving the formation of amino groups, hydroxy groups or etherified or esterified hydroxy groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C215/00Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C215/02Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C215/04Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being saturated
    • C07C215/06Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being saturated and acyclic
    • C07C215/08Compounds containing amino and hydroxy groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having hydroxy groups and amino groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being saturated and acyclic with only one hydroxy group and one amino group bound to the carbon skeleton
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L1/00Liquid carbonaceous fuels
    • C10L1/10Liquid carbonaceous fuels containing additives
    • C10L1/14Organic compounds
    • C10L1/18Organic compounds containing oxygen
    • C10L1/188Carboxylic acids; metal salts thereof
    • C10L1/1881Carboxylic acids; metal salts thereof carboxylic group attached to an aliphatic carbon atom
    • C10L1/1883Carboxylic acids; metal salts thereof carboxylic group attached to an aliphatic carbon atom polycarboxylic acid
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L1/00Liquid carbonaceous fuels
    • C10L1/10Liquid carbonaceous fuels containing additives
    • C10L1/14Organic compounds
    • C10L1/22Organic compounds containing nitrogen
    • C10L1/222Organic compounds containing nitrogen containing at least one carbon-to-nitrogen single bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L1/00Liquid carbonaceous fuels
    • C10L1/10Liquid carbonaceous fuels containing additives
    • C10L1/14Organic compounds
    • C10L1/22Organic compounds containing nitrogen
    • C10L1/222Organic compounds containing nitrogen containing at least one carbon-to-nitrogen single bond
    • C10L1/2222(cyclo)aliphatic amines; polyamines (no macromolecular substituent 30C); quaternair ammonium compounds; carbamates
    • C10L1/2225(cyclo)aliphatic amines; polyamines (no macromolecular substituent 30C); quaternair ammonium compounds; carbamates hydroxy containing
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L1/00Liquid carbonaceous fuels
    • C10L1/10Liquid carbonaceous fuels containing additives
    • C10L1/14Organic compounds
    • C10L1/22Organic compounds containing nitrogen
    • C10L1/234Macromolecular compounds
    • C10L1/238Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C10L1/2383Polyamines or polyimines, or derivatives thereof (poly)amines and imines; derivatives thereof (substituted by a macromolecular group containing 30C)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L10/00Use of additives to fuels or fires for particular purposes
    • C10L10/04Use of additives to fuels or fires for particular purposes for minimising corrosion or incrustation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L10/00Use of additives to fuels or fires for particular purposes
    • C10L10/06Use of additives to fuels or fires for particular purposes for facilitating soot removal
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L10/00Use of additives to fuels or fires for particular purposes
    • C10L10/08Use of additives to fuels or fires for particular purposes for improving lubricity; for reducing wear
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M133/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen
    • C10M133/02Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen having a carbon chain of less than 30 atoms
    • C10M133/04Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
    • C10M133/06Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
    • C10M133/08Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms containing hydroxy groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M133/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen
    • C10M133/02Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen having a carbon chain of less than 30 atoms
    • C10M133/04Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
    • C10M133/12Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C10M133/14Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring containing hydroxy groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M133/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen
    • C10M133/52Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen having a carbon chain of 30 or more atoms
    • C10M133/54Amines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M133/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen
    • C10M133/52Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being an organic non-macromolecular compound containing nitrogen having a carbon chain of 30 or more atoms
    • C10M133/56Amides; Imides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M141/00Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being a mixture of two or more compounds covered by more than one of the main groups C10M125/00 - C10M139/00, each of these compounds being essential
    • C10M141/06Lubricating compositions characterised by the additive being a mixture of two or more compounds covered by more than one of the main groups C10M125/00 - C10M139/00, each of these compounds being essential at least one of them being an organic nitrogen-containing compound
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L2200/00Components of fuel compositions
    • C10L2200/02Inorganic or organic compounds containing atoms other than C, H or O, e.g. organic compounds containing heteroatoms or metal organic complexes
    • C10L2200/0259Nitrogen containing compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L2200/00Components of fuel compositions
    • C10L2200/04Organic compounds
    • C10L2200/0407Specifically defined hydrocarbon fractions as obtained from, e.g. a distillation column
    • C10L2200/0415Light distillates, e.g. LPG, naphtha
    • C10L2200/0423Gasoline
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L2200/00Components of fuel compositions
    • C10L2200/04Organic compounds
    • C10L2200/0407Specifically defined hydrocarbon fractions as obtained from, e.g. a distillation column
    • C10L2200/043Kerosene, jet fuel
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L2200/00Components of fuel compositions
    • C10L2200/04Organic compounds
    • C10L2200/0407Specifically defined hydrocarbon fractions as obtained from, e.g. a distillation column
    • C10L2200/0438Middle or heavy distillates, heating oil, gasoil, marine fuels, residua
    • C10L2200/0446Diesel
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L2270/00Specifically adapted fuels
    • C10L2270/02Specifically adapted fuels for internal combustion engines
    • C10L2270/023Specifically adapted fuels for internal combustion engines for gasoline engines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L2270/00Specifically adapted fuels
    • C10L2270/02Specifically adapted fuels for internal combustion engines
    • C10L2270/026Specifically adapted fuels for internal combustion engines for diesel engines, e.g. automobiles, stationary, marine
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10LFUELS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NATURAL GAS; SYNTHETIC NATURAL GAS OBTAINED BY PROCESSES NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C10G, C10K; LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS; ADDING MATERIALS TO FUELS OR FIRES TO REDUCE SMOKE OR UNDESIRABLE DEPOSITS OR TO FACILITATE SOOT REMOVAL; FIRELIGHTERS
    • C10L2290/00Fuel preparation or upgrading, processes or apparatus therefore, comprising specific process steps or apparatus units
    • C10L2290/24Mixing, stirring of fuel components
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2207/00Organic non-macromolecular hydrocarbon compounds containing hydrogen, carbon and oxygen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2207/10Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof
    • C10M2207/12Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
    • C10M2207/125Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms having hydrocarbon chains of eight up to twenty-nine carbon atoms, i.e. fatty acids
    • C10M2207/127Carboxylix acids; Neutral salts thereof having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms having hydrocarbon chains of eight up to twenty-nine carbon atoms, i.e. fatty acids polycarboxylic
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2215/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2215/02Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines
    • C10M2215/04Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms
    • C10M2215/042Amines, e.g. polyalkylene polyamines; Quaternary amines having amino groups bound to acyclic or cycloaliphatic carbon atoms containing hydroxy groups; Alkoxylated derivatives thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2215/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2215/26Amines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10MLUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS; USE OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES EITHER ALONE OR AS LUBRICATING INGREDIENTS IN A LUBRICATING COMPOSITION
    • C10M2215/00Organic non-macromolecular compounds containing nitrogen as ingredients in lubricant compositions
    • C10M2215/28Amides; Imides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2030/00Specified physical or chemical properties which is improved by the additive characterising the lubricating composition, e.g. multifunctional additives
    • C10N2030/06Oiliness; Film-strength; Anti-wear; Resistance to extreme pressure
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/25Internal-combustion engines
    • C10N2040/252Diesel engines
    • C10N2040/253Small diesel engines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C10PETROLEUM, GAS OR COKE INDUSTRIES; TECHNICAL GASES CONTAINING CARBON MONOXIDE; FUELS; LUBRICANTS; PEAT
    • C10NINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS C10M RELATING TO LUBRICATING COMPOSITIONS
    • C10N2040/00Specified use or application for which the lubricating composition is intended
    • C10N2040/25Internal-combustion engines
    • C10N2040/255Gasoline engines
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02TCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO TRANSPORTATION
    • Y02T10/00Road transport of goods or passengers
    • Y02T10/10Internal combustion engine [ICE] based vehicles
    • Y02T10/12Improving ICE efficiencies

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the use of nitrogen compounds quaternized in a specific manner as a fuel additive and lubricant additive or kerosene additive, such as, more particularly, as a detergent additive; for reducing the level of or preventing deposits in the injection systems of direct injection diesel engines, especially in common rail injection systems, for reducing the fuel consumption of direct injection diesel engines, especially of diesel engines with common rail injection systems, and for minimizing power loss in direct injection diesel engines, especially in diesel engines with common rail injection systems; and as an additive for gasoline fuels, especially for operation of DISI engines.
  • a fuel additive and lubricant additive or kerosene additive such as, more particularly, as a detergent additive
  • direct injection diesel engines the fuel is injected and distributed ultrafinely (nebulized) by a multihole injection nozzle which reaches directly into the combustion chamber of the engine, instead of being introduced into a prechamber or swirl chamber as in the case of the conventional (chamber) diesel engine.
  • the advantage of direct injection diesel engines lies in their high performance for diesel engines and nevertheless low fuel consumption. Moreover, these engines achieve a very high torque even at low speeds.
  • the diesel fuel is conveyed by a pump with pressures up to 2000 bar into a high-pressure line, the common rail. Proceeding from the common rail, branch lines run to the different injectors which inject the fuel directly into the combustion chamber. The full pressure is always applied to the common rail, which enables multiple injection or a specific injection form. In the other injection systems, in contrast, only a smaller variation in the injection is possible.
  • Injection in the common rail is divided essentially into three groups: (1.) pre-injection, by which essentially softer combustion is achieved, such that harsh combustion noises (“nailing”) are reduced and the engine seems to run quietly; (2.) main injection, which is responsible especially for a good torque profile; and (3.) post-injection, which especially ensures a low NO x value.
  • the fuel is generally not combusted, but instead vaporized by residual heat in the cylinder.
  • the exhaust gas/fuel mixture formed is transported to the exhaust gas system, where the fuel, in the presence of suitable catalysts, acts as a reducing agent for the nitrogen oxides NO x .
  • variable, cylinder-individual injection in the common rail injection system can positively influence the pollutant emission of the engine, for example the emission of nitrogen oxides (NO x ), carbon monoxide (CO) and especially of particulates (soot). This makes it possible, for example, for engines equipped with common rail injection systems to meet the Euro 4 standard theoretically even without additional particulate filters.
  • NO x nitrogen oxides
  • CO carbon monoxide
  • particulates particulates
  • deposits can form on the injector orifices, which adversely affect the injection performance of the fuel and hence impair the performance of the engine, i.e. especially reduce the power, but in some cases also worsen the combustion.
  • the formation of deposits is enhanced further by further developments in the injector construction, especially by the change in the geometry of the nozzles (narrower, conical orifices with rounded outlet). For lasting optimal functioning of engine and injectors, such deposits in the nozzle orifices must be prevented or reduced by suitable fuel additives.
  • IDID internal diesel injector deposits
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,248,719 describes quaternized ammonium salts which are prepared by reacting an alkenylsuccinimide with a monocarboxylic ester and find use as dispersants in lubricant oils for prevention of sludge formation. More particularly, for example, the reaction of polyisobutylsuccinic anhydride (PIBSA) with N,N-dimethylaminopropylamine (DMAPA) and quaternization with methyl salicylate is described.
  • PIBSA polyisobutylsuccinic anhydride
  • DMAPA N,N-dimethylaminopropylamine
  • use in fuels, more particularly diesel fuels is not proposed therein.
  • the use of PIBSA with low bismaleation levels of ⁇ 20% is not described therein.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,171,959 describes quaternized ammonium salts of hydrocarbyl-substituted succinimides, which are suitable as detergent additives for gasoline fuel compositions. Quaternization is preferably accomplished using alkyl halides. Also mentioned are organic C 2 -C 8 -hydrocarbyl carboxylates and sulfonates. Consequently, the quaternized ammonium salts provided according to the teaching therein have, as a counterion, either a halide or a C 2 -C 8 -hydrocarbyl carboxylate or a C 2 -C 8 -hydrocarbyl sulfonate group. The use of PIBSA with low bismaleation levels of ⁇ 20% is likewise not described therein.
  • EP-A-2 033 945 discloses cold flow improvers which are prepared by quaternizing specific tertiary monoamines bearing at least one C 8 -C 40 -alkyl radical with a C 1 -C 4 -alkyl ester of specific carboxylic acids. Examples of such carboxylic esters are dimethyl oxalate, dimethyl maleate, dimethyl phthalate and dimethyl fumarate. Uses other than that for improvement of the CFPP value of middle distillates are not demonstrated in EP-A-2 033 945.
  • WO 2006/135881 describes quaternized ammonium salts prepared by condensation of a hydrocarbyl-substituted acylating agent and of an oxygen or nitrogen atom-containing compound with a tertiary amino group, and subsequent quaternization by means of hydrocarbyl epoxide in combination with stoichiometric amounts of an acid such as, more particularly, acetic acid.
  • Further quaternizing agents claimed in WO 2006/135881 are dialkyl sulfates, benzyl halides and hydrocarbyl-substituted carbonates, and dimethyl sulfate, benzyl chloride and dimethyl carbonate have been studied experimentally.
  • quaternizing agents used with preference in WO 2006/135881 have serious disadvantages such as: toxicity or carcinogenicity (for example in the case of dimethyl sulfate and benzyl halides), no residue-free combustion (for example in the case of dimethyl sulfate and alkyl halides), and inadequate reactivity which leads to incomplete quaternization or uneconomic reaction conditions (long reaction times, high reaction temperatures, excess of quaternizing agent; for example in the case of dimethyl carbonate).
  • EP-A-2 033 945 describes the preparation of halogen- and sulfur-free quaternary ammonium salts of organic carboxylic acids (for example oxalic acid, phthalic acid, salicylic acid, malonic acid and maleic acid, and the alkyl esters thereof) and the use thereof for improvement of the CFPP value of diesel fuels.
  • organic carboxylic acids for example oxalic acid, phthalic acid, salicylic acid, malonic acid and maleic acid, and the alkyl esters thereof
  • Quaternary ammonium salts of alpha-hydroxycarboxylic acids are proposed in EP-A-1 254 889 as cleaning agents for electronic components.
  • Japanese patent application, application number 61-012197 describes the use of quaternary ammonium salts of organic carboxylic acids as surfactants or raw materials for medicaments or cosmetics.
  • inventive additives are surprisingly effective in common rail diesel engines and are notable for their particular suitability as an additive for reducing power loss resulting from external deposits and cold start problems resulting from internal deposits.
  • FIG. 1 shows the running of a one-hour engine test cycle according to CEC F-098-08.
  • FIG. 2A to D shows photographs of injectors of a DISI gasoline engine operated with fuel either in unadditized form (A) or additized with various additives of the invention (B, C, D).
  • “Quaternizable” nitrogen groups or amino groups comprise especially primary, secondary and, in particular, tertiary amino groups.
  • Hydrocarbyl should be interpreted broadly and comprises both long-chain and short-chain, straight-chain and branched hydrocarbyl radicals having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, which may optionally additionally comprise heteroatoms, for example O, N, NH, S, in the chain thereof.
  • a specific group of hydrocarbyl radicals comprises both long-chain and short-chain, straight-chain or branched alkyl radicals having 1 to 1000, 3 to 500 4 to 400 carbon atoms.
  • “Long-chain” or “high molecular weight” hydrocarbyl radicals are straight-chain or branched hydrocarbyl radicals and have 7 to 50 or 8 to 50 or 8 to 40 or 10 to 20 carbon atoms, which may optionally additionally comprise heteroatoms, for example O, N, NH, S, in the chain thereof.
  • the radicals may be mono- or polyunsaturated and have one or more noncumulated, for example 1 to 5, such as 1, 2 or 3, C—C double bonds or C—C triple bonds, especially 1, 2 or 3 double bonds. They may be of natural or synthetic origin.
  • M n number-average molecular weight
  • M n number-average molecular weight
  • They are more particularly formed essentially from C 2-6 , especially C 2-4 , monomer units such as ethylene, propylene, n- or isobutylene or mixtures thereof, where the different monomers may be copolymerized in random distribution or as blocks.
  • Such long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals are also referred to as polyalkylene radicals or poly-C 2-6 - or poly-C 2-4 -alkylene radicals. Suitable long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals and the preparation thereof are also described, for example, in WO 2006/135881 and the literature cited therein.
  • polyalkylene radicals examples include polyisobutenyl radicals derived from what are called “high-reactivity” polyisobutenes which feature a high content of terminal double bonds. Terminal double bonds are alpha-olefinic double bonds of the type
  • Suitable high-reactivity polyisobutenes are, for example, polyisobutenes which have a proportion of vinylidene double bonds of greater than 70 mol %, especially greater than 80 mol % or greater than 85 mol %. Preference is given especially to polyisobutenes which have homogeneous polymer skeletons. Homogeneous polymer skeletons are possessed especially by those polyisobutenes formed from isobutene units to an extent of at least 85% by weight, preferably to an extent of at least 90% by weight and more preferably to an extent of at least 95% by weight.
  • Such high-reactivity polyisobutenes preferably have a number-average molecular weight within the abovementioned range.
  • the high-reactivity polyisobutenes may have a polydispersity in the range from 1.05 to 7, especially of about 1.1 to 2.5, for example of less than 1.9 or less than 1.5. Polydispersity is understood to mean the quotient of weight-average molecular weight Mw divided by the number-average molecular weight Mn.
  • Other number-average molecular weights can be established in a manner known in principle by mixing polyisobutenes of different number-average molecular weights or by extractive enrichment of polyisobutenes of particular molecular weight ranges.
  • a specific group of long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals comprises straight-chain or branched alkyl radicals (“long-chain alkyl radicals”) having 8 to 50, for example 8 to 40 or 8 to 30 or 10 to 20, carbon atoms.
  • a further group of specific long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals comprises polyalkylene radicals which are formed essentially from C 2-6 , especially C 2-4 , monomer units, such as ethylene, propylene, n- or isobutylene or mixtures thereof and have a degree of polymerization of 2 to 100, or 3 to 50 or 4 to 25.
  • Short-chain hydrocarbyl or “low molecular weight hydrocarbyl” is especially straight-chain or branched alkyl or alkenyl, optionally interrupted by one or more, for example 2, 3 or 4, heteroatom groups such as —O— or —NH—, or optionally mono- or polysubstituted, for example di-, tri- or tetrasubstituted.
  • “Hydrocarbylene” represents straight-chain or singly or multiply branched bridge groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, optionally interrupted by one or more, for example 2, 3 or 4, heteroatom groups such as —O— or —NH—, or optionally mono- or polysubstituted, for example di-, tri- or tetrasubstituted.
  • “Hydroxyalkyl” represents, in particular, the mono- or polyhydroxylated, for example the monohydroxylated, analogs of the above alkyl radicals, for example the linear hydroxyalkyl groups, for example those having a primary (terminal) hydroxyl group, such as hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, or those having nonterminal hydroxyl groups, such as 1-hydroxyethyl, 1- or 2-hydroxypropyl, 1- or 2-hydroxybutyl or 1-, 2- or 3-hydroxybutyl.
  • Alkyl or “lower alkyl” represents especially saturated, straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon radicals having 1 to 4, 1 to 5, 1 to 6, or 1 to 7, carbon atoms, for example methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl, n-butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl, n-pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, n-hexyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 1-methylpentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 1,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,3-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-didi
  • “Long-chain alkyl” represents, for example, saturated straight-chain or branched hydrocarbyl radicals having 8 to 50, for example 8 to 40 or 8 to 30 or 10 to 20, carbon atoms, such as octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl, hencosyl, docosyl, tricosyl, tetracosyl, pentacosyl, hexacosyl, heptacosyl, octacosyl, nonacosyl, squalyl, constitutional isomers, especially singly or multiply branched isomers and higher homologs thereof.
  • “Hydroxyalkyl” represents, in particular, the mono- or polyhydroxylated, for example the monohydroxylated, analogs of the above alkyl radicals, for example the linear hydroxyalkyl groups, for example those having a primary (terminal) hydroxyl group, such as hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, or those having nonterminal hydroxyl groups, such as 1-hydroxyethyl, 1- or 2-hydroxypropyl, 1- or 2-hydroxybutyl or 1-, 2- or 3-hydroxybutyl.
  • Alkenyl represents mono- or polyunsaturated, especially monounsaturated, straight-chain or branched hydrocarbyl radicals having 2 to 4, 2 to 6, or 2 to 7 carbon atoms and one double bond in any position, e.g.
  • C 2 -C 6 -alkenyl such as ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-methylethenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-methyl-1-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1-methyl-1-butenyl, 2-methyl-1-butenyl, 3-methyl-1-butenyl, 1-methyl-2-butenyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-methyl-3-butenyl, 2-methyl-3-butenyl, 3-methyl-3-butenyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-propenyl, 1,2-dimethyl-1-propenyl, 1,2-dimethyl-2-propenyl, 1-ethyl-1-propenyl, 1-ethyl
  • Haldroxyalkenyl represents, in particular, the mono- or polyhydroxylated, especially monohydroxylated, analogs of the above alkenyl radicals.
  • aminoalkyl and aminoalkenyl represent, in particular, the mono- or polyaminated, especially monoaminated, analogs of the above alkyl and alkenyl radicals respectively, or analogs of the above hydroxyalkyl where the OH group has been replaced by an amino group.
  • Alkylene represents straight-chain or singly or multiply branched hydrocarbyl bridging groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, for example C 1 -C 7 -alkylene groups selected from —CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 3 —, —(CH 2 ) 4 —, —(CH 2 ) 2 —CH(CH 3 )—, —CH 2 —CH(CH 3 )—CH 2 —, (CH 2 ) 4 —, —(CH 2 ) 5 —, —(CH 2 ) 6 , —(CH 2 ) 7 —, —CH(CH 3 )—CH 2 —CH 2 —CH(CH 3 )— or —CH(CH 3 )—CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH(CH 3 )—, or C 1 -C 4 -alkylene groups selected from —CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 2 —, —
  • C 2 -C 6 -alkylene groups for example —CH 2 —CH(CH 3 )—, —CH(CH 3 )—CH 2 —, —CH(CH 3 )—CH(CH 3 )—, —C(CH 3 ) 2 —CH 2 —, —CH 2 —C(CH 3 ) 2 —, —C(CH 3 ) 2 —CH(CH 3 )—, —CH(CH 3 )—C(CH 3 ) 2 —, —CH 2 —CH(Et)-, —CH(CH 2 CH 3 )—CH 2 —, —CH(CH 2 CH 3 )—CH(CH 2 CH 3 )—, —C(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 —CH 2 —, —CH 2 —C(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 —CH 2 —, —CH 2 —C(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 —CH 2 —, —CH 2 —C(CH 2 CH 3
  • Oxyalkylene radicals correspond to the definition of the above straight-chain or singly or multiply branched alkylene radicals having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, where the carbon chain is interrupted once or more than once, especially once, by an oxygen heteroatom.
  • Nonlimiting examples include: —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 2 —O—(CH 2 ) 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 3 —O—(CH 2 ) 3 —, or —CH 2 —O—(CH 2 ) 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 2 —O—(CH 2 ) 3 —, —CH 2 —O—(CH 2 ) 3
  • “Aminoalkylene” corresponds to the definition of the above straight-chain or singly or multiply branched alkylene radicals having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, where the carbon chain is interrupted once or more than once, especially once, by a nitrogen group (especially —NH group).
  • Nonlimiting examples include: —CH 2 —NH—CH 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 2 —NH—(CH 2 ) 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 3 —NH—(CH 2 ) 3 —, or —CH 2 —NH—(CH 2 ) 2 —, —(CH 2 ) 2 —NH—(CH 2 ) 3 —, —CH 2 —NH—(CH 2 ) 3 .
  • Alkenylene represents the mono- or polyunsaturated, especially monounsaturated, analogs of the above alkylene groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, especially C 2 -C 7 -alkenylenes or C 2 -C 4 -alkenylene, such as —CH ⁇ CH—, —CH ⁇ CH—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —CH ⁇ CH—, —CH ⁇ CH—CH 2 —CH 2 —, —CH 2 —CH ⁇ CH—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —CH ⁇ CH—CH 2 —, —CH(CH 3 )—CH ⁇ CH—, —CH 2 —C(CH 3 ) ⁇ CH—.
  • Cycloalkyl represents carbocyclic radicals having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, for example C 3 -C 12 -cycloalkyl such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl and cyclododecyl; preference is given to cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and also cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, or C 3 -C 7 -cycloalkyl such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl
  • Cycloalkenyl or “mono- or polyunsaturated cycloalkyl” represents, in particular, monocyclic, mono- or polyunsaturated hydrocarbyl groups having 5 to 8, preferably up to 6, carbon ring members, for example monounsaturated cyclopenten-1-yl, cyclopenten-3-yl, cyclohexen-1-yl, cyclohexen-3-yl and cyclohexen-4-yl radicals.
  • Aryl represents mono- or polycyclic, preferably mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted aromatic radicals having 6 to 20, for example 6 to 10, ring carbon atoms, for example phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl such as 1- or 2-naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, fluorenyl, indenyl and phenanthrenyl. These aryl radicals may optionally bear 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 identical or different substituents.
  • Alkylaryl represents the alkyl-substituted analogs of the above aryl radicals with mono- or polysubstitution, especially mono- or disubstitution, in any ring position, where aryl likewise has the definitions given above, for example C 1 -C 4 -alkylphenyl, where the C 1 -C 4 -alkyl radicals may be in any ring position.
  • Substituents for radicals specified herein are especially, unless stated otherwise, selected from keto groups, —COOH, —COO-alkyl, —OH, —SH, —CN, amino, —NO 2 , alkyl, or alkenyl groups.
  • Mn represents the number-average molecular weight and is determined in a conventional manner; more particularly, such figures relate to Mn values determined by relative methods, such as gel permeation chromatography with THF as the eluent and polystyrene standards, or absolute methods, such as vapor phase osmometry using toluene as the solvent.
  • Mw represents the weight-average molecular weight and is determined in a conventional manner; more particularly, such figures relate to Mw values determined by relative methods, such as gel permeation chromatography with THF as the eluent and polystyrene standards, or absolute methods, such as light scattering.
  • the “degree of polymerization” usually refers to the numerical mean degree of polymerization (determination method: gel permeation chromatography with THF as the eluent and polystyrene standards; or GC-MS coupling).
  • Quaternizable nitrogen compounds are especially:
  • Tertiary amines are especially compounds of the above formula (3) and are compounds known per se, as described, for example, in EP-A-2 033 945.
  • the tertiary amine reactant (3) preferably bears a segment of the formula NR a R b where one of the radicals has an alkyl group having 8 to 40 carbon atoms and the other an alkyl group having up to 40 and more preferably 8 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • the R c radical is especially a short-chain C 1 -C 6 -alkyl radical, such as a methyl, ethyl or propyl group.
  • R a and R b may be straight-chain or branched, and/or may be the same or different.
  • R a and R b may be a straight-chain C 12 -C 24 -alkyl group.
  • only one of the two radicals may be long-chain (for example having 8 to 40 carbon atoms), and the other may be a methyl, ethyl or propyl group.
  • the NR a R b segment is derived from a secondary amine, such as dioctadecylamine, dicocoamine, hydrogenated ditallowamine and methylbehenylamine.
  • Amine mixtures as obtainable from natural materials are likewise suitable.
  • One example is a secondary hydrogenated tallowamine where the alkyl groups are derived from hydrogenated tallow fat, and contain about 4% by weight of C 14 , 31% by weight of C 16 and 59% by weight of C 18 -alkyl groups.
  • Corresponding tertiary amines of the formula (3) are sold, for example, by Akzo Nobel under the Armeen® M2HT or Armeen® M2C name.
  • the tertiary amine adduct (3) may also be one where the R a , R b and R c radicals have identical or different long-chain alkyl radicals, especially straight-chain or branched alkyl groups having 8 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • the tertiary amine adduct (3) may also be one where the R a , R b and R c radicals have identical or different short-chain alkyl radicals, especially straight-chain or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 7 or especially 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Suitable amines are:
  • Nonlimiting examples of short-chain tertiary amines are: trimethylamine, triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, tri-n-butylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, tri-n-hexylamine, tri-n-heptylamine, ethyldimethylamine, dimethylethylamine, n-propyldimethylamine, isopropyldimethylamine, n-propyldiethylamine, isopropyldiethylamine, n-butyldimethylamine, n-butyldiethylamine, n-butyldipropylamine.
  • Short-chain triamines are also appropriate especially when the quaternizing agent (see below) bears one or more alkyl radicals R d having more than one carbon atom or one or more aromatic radicals R d .
  • Substituted amines of this kind especially have at least one, especially one, polyether substituent having monomer units of the general formula Ic
  • R 3 and R 4 are the same or different and are each H, alkyl, alkylaryl or aryl.
  • the polyether-substituted amine may have a number-average molecular weight in the range from 500 to 5000, especially 800 to 3000 or 900 to 1500.
  • the quaternizable, polyether-substituted amines are especially nitrogen compounds of the general formula Ia-1 or Ib-2
  • R 1 and R 2 are the same or different and are each alkyl, alkenyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkenyl, aminoalkyl or aminoalkenyl, or R 1 and R 2 together are alkylene, oxyalkylene or aminoalkylene;
  • R 3 and R 4 are the same or different and are each H, alkyl, alkylaryl or aryl;
  • R 6 is alkyl, alkenyl, optionally mono- or polyunsaturated cycloalkyl, aryl, in each case optionally substituted, for example by at least one hydroxyl radical or alkyl radical, or interrupted by at least one heteroatom;
  • A is a straight-chain or branched alkylene radical optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms such as N, O and S; and
  • n is an integer value from 1 to 50.
  • R 1 and R 2 are the same or different and are each C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, hydroxy-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, hydroxy-C 1 -C 6 -alkenyl, or amino-C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, or R 1 and R 2 together form a C 2 -C 6 -alkylene, C 2 -C 6 -oxyalkylene or C 2 -C 6 -aminoalkylene radical; R 3 and R 4 are the same or different and are each H, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl or phenyl; R 6 is C 1 -C 20 -alkyl, for example C 10 -C 20 -, C 11 -C 20 - or C 12 -C 20 -alkyl or aryl or alkylaryl, where alkyl is especially for C 1 -C 20 —; A is a straight-chain or branched C 2 -C 6 -alkylene radical optionally interrupted by one
  • reaction products of N,N-dimethylethanolamine and propylene oxide as described in Synthesis example 1 of WO 2013/064689.
  • This reaction can also be performed without catalysis or with an amine (for example imidazole) as a catalyst, as described, for example, in M. Ionescu, Chemistry and Technology of Polyols for Polyurethanes, 2005, ISBN 978-85957-501-7.
  • Nitrogen compounds of the general formula Ia-1 are preparable by alkoxylating an aminoalkanol of the general formula II
  • R 1 to R 4 , A and n are each as defined above.
  • Nitrogen compounds of the general formula Ia-2 are preparable by
  • R 6 is alkyl, alkenyl, optionally mono- or polyunsaturated cycloalkyl, aryl, in each case optionally substituted, for example by at least one hydroxyl radical or alkyl radical, or interrupted by at least one heteroatom; and 2) amino alkanols, for example of the general formula II
  • R 1 and R 2 are the same or different and are each alkyl, alkenyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkenyl, aminoalkyl or aminoalkenyl, or R 1 and R 2 together are alkylene, oxyalkylene or aminoalkylene; and A is a straight-chain or branched alkylene or alkenylene radical optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms such as N, O and S.
  • a further suitable group of quaternizable amino alcohols that should be mentioned is that of compounds selected from hydroxyalkyl-substituted mono- or polyamines having at least one quaternizable, primary, secondary or tertiary amino group and at least one hydroxyl group which can be joined to a polyether radical.
  • the quaternizable nitrogen compound is especially selected from hydroxyalkyl-substituted primary, secondary and especially tertiary monoamines, and hydroxyalkyl-substituted primary, secondary and especially tertiary diamines.
  • Suitable “hydroxyalkyl-substituted mono- or polyamines” are those which have been provided with at least one hydroxyalkyl substituent, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 hydroxyalkyl substituents.
  • hydroxyalkyl-substituted monoamines include: N-hydroxyalkylmonoamines, N,N-dihydroxyalkylmonoamines and N,N,N-trihydroxyalkyl-monoamines, where the hydroxyalkyl groups are the same or different and are also as defined above. Hydroxyalkyl here represents especially 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl or 4-hydroxybutyl.
  • Examples include the following “hydroxyalkyl-substituted polyamines” and especially “hydroxyalkyl-substituted diamines”: (N-hydroxyalkyl)alkylenediamines, N,N-dihydroxyalkyl-alkylenediamines, where the hydroxyalkyl groups are the same or different and are also as defined above.
  • Hydroxyalkyl here represents especially 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl or 4-hydroxybutyl
  • alkylene here represents especially ethylene, propylene or butylene.
  • the amino alcohols of the general formula II can be alkoxylated in a manner known in principle to obtain alkoxylated amines of the general formula Ia-1.
  • C 2 -C 16 -alkylene oxides are used, for example ethylene oxide, propylene oxide or butylene oxide. Preference is given to the 1,2-alkylene oxides in each case.
  • the alkoxylation may be a base-catalyzed alkoxylation.
  • the amino alcohols (II) can be admixed in a pressure reactor with alkali metal hydroxides, preferably potassium hydroxide, or with alkali metal alkoxides, for example sodium methoxide.
  • alkali metal hydroxides preferably potassium hydroxide
  • alkali metal alkoxides for example sodium methoxide.
  • the catalyst can be neutralized by addition of acid (e.g. acetic acid or phosphoric acid) and can be filtered off if required.
  • acid e.g. acetic acid or phosphoric acid
  • the basic catalyst can also be neutralized by addition of commercial magnesium silicates, which are subsequently filtered off.
  • the alkoxylation can also be performed in the presence of a solvent. This may be, for example, toluene, xylene, dimethylformamide or ethylene carbonate.
  • the alkoxylation of the amino alcohols can also be undertaken by means of other methods, for example by acid-catalyzed alkoxylation.
  • DMC catalysts are disclosed, for example, in DE 102 43 361 A1, especially paragraphs [0029] to [0041] and the literature cited therein.
  • the amino alcohol can be admixed with the catalyst, and the mixture can be dewatered as described above and reacted with the alkylene oxides as described.
  • not more than 1000 ppm of catalyst is used, based on the mixture, and the catalyst can remain in the product because of this small amount.
  • the amount of catalyst may generally be less than 1000 ppm, for example 250 ppm or less.
  • the alkoxylation can alternatively also be undertaken by reaction of the compounds (IV) and (V) with cyclic carbonates, for example ethylene carbonate.
  • polyethers As described in the above paragraph a1) for amino alcohols (II), it is analogously also possible to alkoxylate alkanols R 6 OH in a manner known in principle to polyethers (Ib-1).
  • the polyethers thus obtained can subsequently be converted to the corresponding polyether amines (Ib-2) by reductive amination with ammonia, primary amines or secondary amines (VII) by customary methods, in continuous or batchwise processes using hydrogenation or amination catalysts customary therefor, for example those comprising catalytically active constituents based on the elements Ni, Co, Cu, Fe, Pd, Pt, Ru, Rh, Re, A1, Si, Ti, Zr, Nb, Mg, Zn, Ag, Au, Os, Ir, Cr, Mo, W or combinations of these elements with one another, in customary amounts.
  • the conversion can be performed without solvent or, in the case of high polyether viscosities, in the presence of a solvent, preferably in the presence of branched aliphatics, for example isododecane.
  • the amine component (VII) is generally used here in excess, for example in a 2- to 100-fold excess, preferably a 10- to 80-fold excess.
  • the reaction is conducted at pressures of 10 to 600 bar over a period of 10 minutes to 10 hours. After cooling, the catalyst is removed by filtering, excess amine component (VII) is evaporated and the water of reaction is distilled off azeotropically or under a gentle nitrogen stream.
  • the resulting polyether amine (Ib-2) can subsequently be converted to a polyether amine having a tertiary amine function (R 1 and R 2 not H).
  • the alkylation can be effected in a manner known in principle by reaction with alkylating agents.
  • Any alkylating agents are suitable in principle, for example alkyl halides, alkylaryl halides, dialkyl sulfates, alkylene oxides, optionally in combination with acid; aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic esters, such as dialkyl carboxylates in particular; alkanoates; cyclic nonaromatic or aromatic carboxylic esters; dialkyl carbonates; and mixtures thereof.
  • the conversions to the tertiary polyether amine can also take place through reductive amination by reaction with a carbonyl compound, for example formaldehyde, in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • Suitable reducing agents are formic acid or hydrogen in the presence of a suitable heterogeneous or homogeneous hydrogenation catalyst. The reactions can be performed without solvent or in the presence of solvents.
  • Suitable solvents are, for example, H 2 O, alkanols such as methanol or ethanol, or 2-ethylhexanol, aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene or solvent mixtures from the Solvesso series, or aliphatic solvents, especially mixtures of branched aliphatic solvents.
  • the reactions are conducted at temperatures of 10° C. to 300° C. at pressures of 1 to 600 bar over a period of 10 minutes to 10 h.
  • the reducing agent is used here at least stoichiometrically, preferably in excess, especially in a 2- to 10-fold excess.
  • reaction product thus formed (polyether amine Ib-1 or Ib-2) can theoretically be purified further, or the solvent can be removed. Usually, however, this is not absolutely necessary, and so the reaction product can be transferred without further purification to the next synthesis step, the quaternization.
  • suitable quaternizable nitrogen compounds are polyalkene-substituted amines having at least one tertiary nitrogen group. This group of compounds is likewise known and is described, for example, in WO 2008/060888 or US 2008/0113890 and the further prior art cited therein, which is hereby explicitly incorporated by reference.
  • Such polyalkene-substituted amines having at least one tertiary amino group are derivable from an olefin polymer and an amine such as ammonia, monoamines, polyamines or mixtures thereof. They can be prepared by a multitude of processes, for example the following processes cited by way of example:
  • a process for preparing a polyalkene-substituted amine comprises the reaction of a halogenated olefin polymer with an amine, as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,275,554, 3,438,757, 3,454,555, 3,565,804, 3,755,433 and 3,822,289.
  • a further process for preparing a polyalkene-substituted amine comprises the reaction of a hydroformylated olefin with a polyamine and hydrogenation of the reaction product, as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,567,845 and 5,496,383.
  • a further process for preparing a polyalkene-substituted amine comprises the conversion of a polyalkene with the aid of a conventional epoxidizing reagent with or without catalyst to the corresponding epoxide and the conversion of the epoxide to the polyalkene-substituted amine by reaction with ammonia or an amine under the conditions of reductive amination, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,350,429.
  • a further process for preparing a polyalkene-substituted amine comprises the hydrogenation of a ⁇ -amino nitrile which has been prepared by reaction of an amine with a nitrile, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,492,641.
  • a further process for preparing a polyalkene-substituted amine comprises hydroformylation of a polybutene or polyisobutylene with a catalyst, such as rhodium or cobalt, in the presence of CO and hydrogen at elevated pressures and temperatures, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,832,702.
  • a catalyst such as rhodium or cobalt
  • the polyalkenes used for the preparation are derived from olefin polymers.
  • the olefin polymers may comprise homopolymers and copolymers of polymerizable olefin monomers having 2 to about 16 carbon atoms, 2 to about 6 carbon atoms or 2 to about 4 carbon atoms.
  • Interpolymers are those in which two or more olefin monomers are interpolymerized by known conventional methods, giving polyalkenes having units derived from each of the the two or more olefin monomers within their structure.
  • interpolymers comprise copolymers, terpolymers and tetrapolymers.
  • Polyalkenes from which the polyalkene-substituted amines are derived, are conventionally frequently also referred to as “polyolefins”.
  • the olefin monomers from which the olefin polymers are derived are polymerizable olefin monomers having one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups (i.e. >C ⁇ C ⁇ ). In other words, they are monoolefinic monomers such as ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, isobutene (2-methyl-1-butene), 1-octene, or polyolefinic monomers (usually diolefinic monomers) such as 1,3-butadiene and isoprene.
  • the olefin monomers are usually polymerizable terminal olefins, i.e. olefins having the >C ⁇ CH 2 group in their structure.
  • polymerizable internal olefin monomers characterized by groups of the formula >C—C ⁇ C—C ⁇ .
  • terminal and internal olefin monomers which can be used to prepare the polyalkenes by conventional methods are: ethylene, propylene, the butenes (butylene), especially 1-butene, 2-butene and isobutylene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 1-heptene, 1-octene, 1-nonene, 1-decene, 2-pentene, propylene tetramer, diisobutylene, isobutylene trimer, 1,2-butadiene, 1,3-butadiene, 1,2-pentadiene, 1,3-pentadiene, 1,4-pentadiene, isoprene, 1,5-hexadiene, 2-methyl-5-propyl-1-hexene, 3-pentene, 4-octene and 3,3-dimethyl-1-pentene.
  • the olefin polymer is preparable by polymerization of a C 4 refinery stream having a butene content of about 35 to about 75 percent by weight and an isobutene content of about 30 to about 60 percent by weight in the presence of a Lewis acid catalyst such as aluminum trichloride or boron trifluoride.
  • a Lewis acid catalyst such as aluminum trichloride or boron trifluoride.
  • These polybutenes typically comprise predominantly (more than about 80% of all the repeat units) repeat isobutene units of the (—CH 2 —C(CH 3 ) 2 —) type.
  • the polyalkene substituent of the polyalkene-substituted amine is derived from a polyisobutylene.
  • the amines which can be used to form the polyalkene-substituted amine comprise ammonia, monoamines, polyamines or mixtures thereof, including mixtures of various monoamines, mixtures of various polyamines and mixtures of monoamines and polyamines (the diamines).
  • the amines comprise aliphatic, aromatic, heterocyclic and carbocyclic amines.
  • Monoamines and polyamines are characterized by the presence in their structure of at least one HN ⁇ group.
  • the amines may be aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic or heterocyclic.
  • the monoamines are generally substituted by a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
  • hydrocarbyl groups may especially be aliphatic and free of acetylenically unsaturated groups and have 1 to about 30 carbon atoms.
  • the monoamines may have the formula HNR 1 R 2 where R 1 is a hydrocarbyl group having up to 30 carbon atoms and R 2 is hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl group having up to about 30 carbon atoms.
  • suitable monoamines are methylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, 2-ethylhexylamine, di(2-ethylhexyl)amine, n-butylamine, di-n-butylamine, allylamine, isobutylamine, cocoamine, stearylamine, laurylamine, methyllaurylamines and oleylamine.
  • Aromatic monoamines are those monoamines in which a carbon atom in the aromatic ring structure is bonded directly to the amine nitrogen atom.
  • the aromatic ring will usually be a monocyclic aromatic ring (i.e. derived from benzene), but may include fused aromatic rings, especially those derived from naphthalene.
  • Examples of aromatic monoamines are aniline, di(para-methylphenyl)amine, naphthylamine, N-(n-butyl)aniline.
  • aliphatic-substituted, cycloaliphatic-substituted and heterocyclic-substituted aromatic monoamines are: para-dodecylaniline, cyclohexyl-substituted naphthylamine and thienyl-substituted aniline.
  • Hydroxylamines are likewise suitable monoamines.
  • Compounds of this kind are the hydroxyhydrocarbyl-substituted analogs of the aforementioned monoamines.
  • the hydroxymonoamines of the formula HNR 3 R 4 where R 3 is a hydroxyl-substituted alkyl group having up to about 30 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment up to about 10 carbon atoms; and R 4 is a hydroxyl-substituted alkyl group having up to about 30 carbon atoms, hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl group having up to about 10 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of hydroxyl-substituted monoamines include: ethanolamine, di-3-propanolamine, 4-hydroxybutylamine, diethanolamine and N-methyl-2-hydroxypropylamine.
  • the amine of the polyalkene-substituted amines may be a polyamine.
  • the polyamine may be aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, heterocyclic or aromatic.
  • Examples of the polyamines include: alkylenepolyamines, hydroxyl group-comprising polyamines, aryl polyamines and heterocyclic polyamines.
  • alkylenepolyamines comprise those of the following formula:
  • n is in the range from 1 to about 10 and, for example, in the range from 2 to about 7, or from 2 to about 5, and the “alkylene” group has 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, for example 2 to about 6, or 2 to about 4 carbon atoms;
  • the R 5 radicals are each independently hydrogen, an aliphatic group, a hydroxyl- or amine-substituted aliphatic group of up to about 30 carbon atoms in each case.
  • R 5 is H or lower alkyl (an alkyl group having 1 to about 5 carbon atoms), especially H.
  • Alkylenepolyamines of this kind include: methylenepolyamines, ethylenepolyamines, butylenepolyamines, propylenepolyamines, pentylenepolyamines, hexylenepolyamines and heptylenepolyamines. The higher homologs of such amines and related aminoalkyl-substituted piperazines are likewise included.
  • alkylenepolyamines for preparation of the polyalkene-substituted amines are the following: ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, propylenediamine, 3-dimethylaminopropylamine, trimethylenediamine, hexamethylene-diamine, decamethylenediamine, octamethylenediamine, di(heptamethylene)triamine, tripropylenetetramine, pentaethylenehexamine, di(trimethylenetriamine), N-(2-aminoethyl)piperazine and 1,4-bis(2-aminoethyl)piperazine.
  • Ethylenepolyamines such as those mentioned above, are particularly suitable for reasons of cost and effectiveness.
  • Polyamines of this kind are described in detail in the chapter “Diamine und pli Amine” [Diamines and higher amines] in Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, second edition, Kirk-Othmer, volume 7, pages 27-39, Interscience Publishers, division of John Wiley & Sons, 1965.
  • Compounds of this kind are most conveniently prepared by the reaction of an alkylene chloride with ammonia or by reaction of an ethyleneimine with a ring-opening reagent such as ammonia. These reactions lead to preparation of complex mixtures of alkylenepolyamines, including cyclic condensation products such as piperazines.
  • polyamine bottoms Other suitable types of polyamine mixtures are the products which are formed as residue by stripping the above-described polyamine mixtures and are frequently referred to as “polyamine bottoms”.
  • alkylenepolyamine bottom products those which comprise less than two, usually less than 1%, by weight of material that boils below about 200° C.
  • a typical example of such ethylenepolyamine bottoms is that of the products designated “E-100” from Dow Chemical Company in Freeport, Tex.
  • These alkylenepolyamine bottoms comprise cyclic condensation products such as piperazine and higher analogs of diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramines and the like.
  • Hydroxyl group-comprising polyamines comprise: hydroxyalkylalkylenepolyamines having one or more hydroxyalkyl substituents on the nitrogen atoms.
  • Polyamines of this kind can be prepared by reacting the above-described alkylenepolyamines with one or more alkylene oxides (e.g. ethylene oxide, propylene oxide and butylene oxide).
  • alkylene oxides e.g. ethylene oxide, propylene oxide and butylene oxide
  • Similar alkylene oxide-alkanolamine reaction products may also, for example, be the products of the reaction of primary, secondary or tertiary alkanolamines with ethylene, propylene or higher epoxides in a molar ratio of 1:1 to 1:2. Reactant ratios and temperatures for performance of such reactions are known to those skilled in the art.
  • the hydroxyalkyl-substituted alkylenepolyamine may be a compound in which the hydroxyalkyl group is a hydroxy-lower alkyl group, i.e. has fewer than eight carbon atoms.
  • hydroxyalkyl-substituted polyamines examples include N-(2-hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine (also known as 2-(2-aminoethylamino)ethanol), N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine, 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine, monohydroxypropyl-substituted diethylenetriamine, dihydroxypropyl-substituted tetraethylenepentamine and N-(3-hydroxybutyl)tetramethylenediamine.
  • N-(2-hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine also known as 2-(2-aminoethylamino)ethanol
  • N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine
  • monohydroxypropyl-substituted diethylenetriamine dihydroxypropyl-substituted tetraethylenepentamine
  • N-(3-hydroxybutyl)tetramethylenediamine examples
  • Aryl polyamines are analogs of the abovementioned aromatic monoamines.
  • aryl polyamines include: N,N′-di-n-butyl-para-phenylenediamine and bis(para-aminophenyl)methane.
  • Heterocyclic mono- and polyamines may comprise: aziridines, azetidines, azolidines, pyridines, pyrroles, indoles, piperidines, imidazoles, piperazines, isoindoles, purines, morpholines, thiomorpholines, N-aminoalkylmorpholines, N-aminoalkylthiomorpholines, N-aminoalkylpiperazines, N,N′-diaminoalkylpiperazines, azepines, azocines, azonines, anovanes and tetra-, di- and perhydro derivatives of each of the above compounds and mixtures of two or more of these heterocyclic amines.
  • Typical heterocyclic amines are saturated 5- and 6-membered heterocyclic amines having only nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur in the heterocycle, especially piperidines, piperazines, thiomorpholines, morpholines, pyrrolidines and the like.
  • Piperidine, aminoalkyl-substituted piperidines, piperazine, aminoalkyl-substituted piperazines, morpholine, aminoalkyl-substituted morpholines, pyrrolidine and aminoalkyl-substituted pyrrolidines are particularly preferred.
  • the aminoalkyl substituents are bonded to a nitrogen atom which is part of the heterocycle.
  • heterocyclic amines include N-aminopropylmorpholine, N-aminoethylpiperazine and N,N′-diaminoethylpiperazine.
  • Hydroxyheterocyclic polyamines are also suitable. Examples include: N-(2-hydroxyethyl)cyclohexylamine, 3-hydroxycyclopentylamine, para-hydroxyaniline and N-hydroxyethylpiperazine.
  • polyalkene-substituted amines are as follows: poly(propylene)amine, poly(butene)amine, N,N-dimethylpolyisobutyleneamines; polybutenemorpholines, N,N-poly(butene)ethylenediamine, N-poly(propylene)trimethylenediamine, N-poly(butene), diethylenetriamine, N′,N′-poly(butene)tetraethylenepentamine and N,N-dimethyl-N′-poly(propylene)-1,3-propylenediamine.
  • the number-average molecular weight of such polyalkene-substituted amines is about 500 to about 5000, for example 1000 to about 1500 or about 500 to about 3000.
  • any of the abovementioned polyalkene-substituted amines which are secondary or primary amines can be alkylated to tertiary amines with alkylating agents which are also known as quaternizing agents, such as dialkyl sulfates, alkyl halides, hydrocarbyl-substituted carbonates; hydrocarbyl epoxides in combination with an acid and mixtures thereof. If particular quaternizing agents, such as alkyl halides or dialkyl sulfates, are used, it may be necessary to provide a base or basic compositions, such as sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide, to give the free tertiary amine form.
  • alkylating agents which are also known as quaternizing agents, such as dialkyl sulfates, alkyl halides, hydrocarbyl-substituted carbonates; hydrocarbyl epoxides in combination with an acid and mixtures thereof.
  • Primary amines require two equivalents of alkylating agent and two equivalents of base to obtain a tertiary amine.
  • the alkylation of primary amines can frequently be conducted in four successive steps, first a treatment with the alkylating agent and second treatment with a base and then repetition of the two steps.
  • the alkylation of a primary amine will be effected in one step, for example using two moles of alkyl halide in the presence of an excess of heterogeneous base, such as sodium carbonate.
  • the polyamine can be exhaustively or partially alkylated in a manner known per se.
  • the alkylation of primary amines and secondary amines to tertiary amines can be effected with epoxides.
  • no treatment with base is required in the case of use of an epoxide to obtain the free amine.
  • at least one mole of epoxide is used for each hydrogen atom in the amine.
  • neither additional acid nor base is required.
  • polyisobutenedimethylamine obtainable by hydroformylating polyisobutene (Mn 1000) and subsequent reductive amination with dimethylamine; see Example B of WO 2008/060888.
  • Suitable hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid compounds, or hydrocarbyl-substituted acylating agents include:
  • the polycarboxylic acid compounds used are aliphatic di- or polybasic (for example tri- or tetrabasic), especially from di-, tri- or tetracarboxylic acids and analogs thereof, such as anhydrides or lower alkyl esters (partially or completely esterified), and are optionally substituted by one or more (for example 2 or 3), especially one long-chain alkyl radical and/or one high molecular weight hydrocarbyl radical, especially one polyalkylene radical.
  • di- or polybasic for example tri- or tetrabasic
  • di-, tri- or tetracarboxylic acids and analogs thereof such as anhydrides or lower alkyl esters (partially or completely esterified)
  • one or more for example 2 or 3
  • especially one long-chain alkyl radical and/or one high molecular weight hydrocarbyl radical especially one polyalkylene radical.
  • Examples are C 3 -C 10 polycarboxylic acids, such as the dicarboxylic acids malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid and sebacic acid, and the branched analogs thereof; and the tricarboxylic acid citric acid; and anhydrides or lower alkyl esters thereof of.
  • the polycarboxylic acid compounds can also be obtained from the corresponding monounsaturated acids and addition of at least one long-chain alkyl radical and/or high molecular weight hydrocarbyl radical. Examples of suitable monounsaturated acids are fumaric acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid.
  • the hydrophobic “long-chain” or “high molecular weight” hydrocarbyl radical which ensures sufficient solubility of the quaternized product in the fuel has a number-average molecular weight (M n ) of 85 to 20 000, for example 113 to 10 000, or 200 to 10 000 or 350 to 5000, for example 350 to 3000, 500 to 2500, 700 to 2500, or 800 to 1500.
  • Typical hydrophobic hydrocarbyl radicals include polypropenyl, polybutenyl and polyisobutenyl radicals, for example with a number-average molecular weight M n of 3500 to 5000, 350 to 3000, 500 to 2500, 700 to 2500 and 800 to 1500.
  • Suitable hydrocarbyl-substituted compounds are described, for example, in DE 43 19 672 and WO2008/138836.
  • Suitable hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid compounds also comprise polymeric, especially dimeric, forms of such hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid compounds.
  • Dimeric forms comprise, for example, two acid anhydride groups which can be reacted independently with the quaternizable nitrogen compound in the preparation process according to the invention.
  • the quaternizable nitrogen compounds reactive with the above polycarboxylic acid compound are selected from
  • the quaternizable nitrogen compounds are especially selected from
  • Suitable “hydroxyalkyl-substituted mono- or polyamines” are those provided with at least one hydroxyalkyl substituent, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 hydroxyalkyl substituent.
  • hydroxyalkyl-substituted monoamines include: N-hydroxyalkyl monoamines, N,N-dihydroxyalkyl monoamines and N,N,N-trihydroxyalkyl monoamines, where the hydroxyalkyl groups are the same or different and are also as defined above. Hydroxyalkyl is especially 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl or 4-hydroxybutyl.
  • hydroxyalkyl-substituted polyamines and especially “hydroxyalkyl-substituted diamines” may be mentioned: (N-hydroxyalkyl)alkylenediamines, N,N-dihydroxyalkylalkylenediamines, where the hydroxyalkyl groups are the same or different and are also as defined above.
  • Hydroxyalkyl is especially 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl or 4-hydroxybutyl; alkylene is especially ethylene, propylene or butylene.
  • Suitable “diamines” are alkylenediamines, and the N-alkyl-substituted analogs thereof, such as N-monoalkylated alkylenediamines and the N,N- or N,N′-dialkylated alkylenediamines.
  • Alkylene is especially straight-chain or branched C 1-7 - or C 1-4 -alkylene as defined above.
  • Alkyl is especially C 1-4 -alkyl as defined above.
  • Examples are especially ethylenediamine, 1,2-propylenediamine, 1,3-propylenediamine, 1,4-butylenediamine and isomers thereof, pentanediamine and isomers thereof, hexanediamine and isomers thereof, heptanediamine and isomers thereof, and singly or multiply, for example singly or doubly, C 1 -C 4 -alkylated, for example methylated, derivatives of the aforementioned diamine compounds such as 3-dimethylamino-1-propylamine (DMAPA), N,N-diethylaminopropylamine and N,N-dimethylamino-ethylamine.
  • DMAPA 3-dimethylamino-1-propylamine
  • N,N-diethylaminopropylamine N,N-dimethylamino-ethylamine.
  • Suitable straight-chain “polyamines” are, for example, dialkylenetriamine, trialkylenetetramine, tetraalkylenepentamine, pentaalkylenehexamine, and the N-alkyl-substituted analogs thereof, such as N-monoalkylated and the N,N- or N,N′-dialkylated alkylenepolyamines.
  • Alkylene is especially straight-chain or branched C 1-7 - or C 1-4 -alkylene as defined above.
  • Alkyl is especially C 1-4 -alkyl as defined above.
  • Examples are especially diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, pentaethylenehexamine, dipropylenetriamine, tripropylenetetramine, tetrapropylenepentamine, pentapropylenehexamine, dibutylenetriamine, tributylenetetramine, tetrabutylenepentamine, pentabutylenehexamine; and the N,N-dialkyl derivatives thereof, especially the N,N-di-C 1-4 -alkyl derivatives thereof.
  • Examples include: N,N-dimethyldimethylenetriamine, N,N-diethyldimethylenetriamine, N,N-dipropyldimethylenetriamine, N,N-dimethyldiethylene-1,2-triamine, N,N-diethyldiethylene-1,2-triamine, N,N-dipropyldiethylene-1,2-triamine, N,N-dimethyldipropylene-1,3-triamine (i.e.
  • DMAPAPA N,N-diethyldipropylene-1,3-triamine, N,N-dipropyldipropylene-1,3-triamine, N,N-dimethyldibutylene-1,4-triamine, N,N-diethyldibutylene-1,4-triamine, N,N-dipropyldibutylene-1,4-triamine, N, N-dimethyldipentylene-1,5-triamine, N,N-diethyldipentylene-1,5-triamine, N, N-dipropyldipentylene-1,5-triamine, N,N-dimethyldihexylene-1,6-triamine, N, N-diethyldihexylene-1,6-triamine and N,N-dipropyldihexylene-1,6-triamine.
  • “Aromatic carbocyclic diamines” having two primary amino groups are the diamino-substituted derivatives of benzene, biphenyl, naphthalene, tetrahydronaphthalene, fluorene, indene and phenanthrene.
  • “Aromatic or nonaromatic heterocyclic polyamines” having two primary amino groups are the derivatives, substituted by two amino groups, of the following heterocycles:
  • “Aromatic or nonaromatic heterocycles having one primary and one tertiary amino group” are, for example, the abovementioned N-heterocycles which are aminoalkylated on at least one ring nitrogen atom, and especially bear an amino-C 1-4 -alkyl group.
  • “Aromatic or nonaromatic heterocycles having a tertiary amino group and a hydroxyalkyl group” are, for example, the abovementioned N-heterocycles which are hydroxyalkylated on at least one ring nitrogen atom, and especially bear a hydroxy-C 1-4 -alkyl group.
  • Group 2 NAME FORMULA Heterocycles 1-(3-Aminopropyl)imidazole 4-(3-Aminopropyl)morpholine 1-(2-Aminoethylpiperidine) 2-(1-Piperazinyl)ethylamine (AEP) N-Methylpiperazine Amines with a tertiary second nitrogen atom 3,3-Diamino-N-methyldipropylamine 3-Dimethylamino-1-propylamine (DMAPA) N,N-Diethylaminopropylamine N,N-Dimethylaminoethylamine
  • Group 3 NAME FORMULA Alcohols with a primary and secondary amine Ethanolamine 3-Hydroxy-1-propylamine Diethanolamine Diisopropanolamine N-(2-Hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine Alcohols with a tertiary amine Triethanolamine, (2,2′,2′′-nitrilotriethanol) 1-(3-Hydroxypropyl)imidazole Tris(hydroxymethyl)amine 3-Dimethylamino-1-propanol 3-Diethylamino-1-propanol 2-Dimethylamino-1-ethanol 4-Diethylamino-1-butanol
  • the hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid compound can be reacted with the quaternizable nitrogen compound under thermally controlled conditions, such that there is essentially no condensation reaction. More particularly, no formation of water of reaction is observed in that case. More particularly, such a reaction is effected at a temperature in the range from 10 to 80° C., especially 20 to 60° C. or 30 to 50° C.
  • the reaction time may be in the range from a few minutes or a few hours, for example about 1 minute up to about 10 hours.
  • the reaction can be effected at a pressure of about 0.1 to 2 atm, but especially at approximately standard pressure. For example, an inert gas atmosphere, for example nitrogen, is appropriate.
  • the reaction can also be effected at elevated temperatures which promote condensation, for example in the range from 90 to 100° C. or 100 to 170° C.
  • the reaction time may be in the region of a few minutes or a few hours, for example about 1 minute up to about 10 hours.
  • the reaction can be effected at pressure at about 0.1 to 2 atm, but especially at about standard pressure.
  • the reactants are initially charged especially in about equimolar amounts; optionally, a small molar excess of the polycarboxylic acid compound, for example a 0.05- to 0.5-fold, for example a 0.1- to 0.3-fold, excess, is desirable.
  • the reactants can be initially charged in a suitable inert organic aliphatic or aromatic solvent or a mixture thereof. Typical examples are, for example, solvents of the Solvesso series, toluene or xylene.
  • the solvent can also serve, for example, to remove water of condensation azeotropically from the reaction mixture. More particularly, however, the reactions are performed without solvent.
  • reaction product thus formed can theoretically be purified further, or the solvent can be removed. Usually, however, this is not absolutely necessary, such that the reaction product can be transferred without further purification into the next synthesis step, the quaternization.
  • the at least one quaternizable tertiary nitrogen atom is quaternized with at least one quaternizing agent selected from epoxides, especially hydrocarbyl epoxides.
  • R d radicals present therein are the same or different and are each H or a hydrocarbyl radical, where the hydrocarbyl radical has at least 1 to 10 carbon atoms. More particularly, these are aliphatic or aromatic radicals, for example linear or branched C 1-10 -alkyl radicals, or aromatic radicals, such as phenyl or C 1-4 -alkylphenyl.
  • hydrocarbyl epoxides include aliphatic and aromatic alkylene oxides such as, more particularly, C 2-12 -alkylene oxides such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, 1,2-butylene oxide, 2,3-butylene oxide, 2-methyl-1,2-propene oxide (isobutene oxide), 1,2-pentene oxide, 2,3-pentene oxide, 2-methyl-1,2-butene oxide, 3-methyl-1,2-butene oxide, 1,2-hexene oxide, 2,3-hexene oxide, 3,4-hexene oxide, 2-methyl-1,2-pentene oxide, 2-ethyl-1,2-butene oxide, 3-methyl-1,2-pentene oxide, 1,2-decene oxide, 1,2-dodecene oxide or 4-methyl-1,2-pentene oxide; and aromatic-substituted ethylene oxides such as optionally substituted styrene oxide, especially styrene oxide or 4-methylstyrene oxide.
  • epoxides as quaternizing agents, these are used in the presence of free acids, especially in the presence of free hydrocarbyl-substituted unsaturated, especially saturated, optionally substituted, especially unsubstituted, protic acids, such as particularly with hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic acids, especially hydrocarbyl-substituted C 3 -C 28 or C 3 -C 12 -dicarboxylic acids, especially unsubstituted saturated C 3 -C 6 -dicarboxylic acid.
  • Suitable dicarboxylic acids here are saturated acids such as malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, undecanedioic acid and dodecanedioic acid, or higher molecular weight acids, such as tetra-, hexa- or octadecanedioic acid; substituted acids, such as malic acid, ⁇ -ketoglutaric acid, oxaloacetic acid; glutamic acid; aspartic acid; and unsaturated acids, such as maleic acid and fumaric acid; such as, more particularly, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid and pimelic acid.
  • saturated acids such as malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, undecanedioic acid
  • aromatic dicarboxylic acids for example phthalic acid.
  • hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic acids in their anhydride form.
  • the ring opening of the anhydride is then brought about by addition of water.
  • the hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic acids can be prepared by hydrolysis of the corresponding hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic anhydrides in a manner known in principle, as described, for example, in DE 2443537.
  • the hydrolysis is preferably conducted with stoichiometric amounts of water at temperatures of 50 to 150° C., but it is also possible to use an excess of water.
  • the hydrolysis can be conducted without solvent or in the presence of an inert solvent. Typical examples are, for example, solvents from the Solvesso series, toluene, xylene or straight-chain and branched saturated hydrocarbons such as paraffins or naphthenes.
  • the solvent can be removed after the hydrolysis, but preferably remains, and is used as solvent or cosolvent for the subsequent quaternization.
  • hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic anhydrides are hydrocarbyl-substituted succinic anhydrides, as sold, for example, by Pentagon: n-dodecenylsuccinic anhydride CAS 19780-11-1, n-octadecenylsuccinic anhydride CAS 28777-98-2, i-octadecenylsuccinic anhydride CAS 28777-98-2, i-hexadecenylsuccinic anhydride/i-octadecenylsuccinic anhydride CAS 32072-96-1 & 28777-98-2, n-octenylsuccinic anhydride CAS 26680-54-6, tetrapropenylsuccinic anhydride CAS 26544-38-7.
  • polyisobutenesuccinic anhydride PIBSA
  • PIB polyisobutene
  • MA maleic anhydride
  • BML bismaleation level
  • PIBSA having a bismaleation level of up to 30%, preferably up to 25% and more preferably up to 20%.
  • the bismaleation level is at least 2%, preferably at least 5% and more preferably at least 10%.
  • Controlled preparation is described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,883,196.
  • HR-PIB high-reactivity PIB
  • Mn is determined by means of GPC as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,883,196.
  • Such an alcoholysis is preferably conducted with stoichiometric amounts of alcohol or amine at temperatures of 50 to 150° C., but it is also possible to use an excess of alcohol or amine, preferably alcohol. In that case, the latter appropriately remains in the reaction mixture and serves as solvent in the subsequent quaternization.
  • the quaternization with an epoxide of the formula (4) is likewise based on known processes.
  • the boiling temperature of one component of the reaction mixture, especially of the epoxide, at standard pressure is above the reaction temperature, the reaction is appropriately performed in an autoclave.
  • a solution of the tertiary amine is admixed with the organic hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic acid (for example polyisobutenesuccinic acid) in the required, approximately stoichiometric amounts.
  • the organic hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic acid for example polyisobutenesuccinic acid
  • propylene oxide in the stoichiometric amounts required at a temperature between 20° C. and 180° C. It is possible to use, for example, 0.1 to 4.0, 0.2 to 3 or 0.5 to 2 equivalents of epoxide per equivalent of quaternizable tertiary nitrogen atom. More particularly, however, about 1 to 2 equivalents of epoxide are used in relation to the tertiary amine, in order to fully quaternize the tertiary amine group. More particularly, it is also possible to use a molar excess of alkylene oxide, as a result of which the free carboxyl group of the dicarboxylic acid is partly or fully esterified.
  • the reaction can be effected at a pressure of about 0.1 to 20 bar, for example 1 to 10 or 1.5 to 5 bar. However, the reaction can also be effected at standard pressure.
  • An inert gas atmosphere is particularly appropriate, for example nitrogen.
  • the reactants can be initially charged for the quaternization in a suitable inert organic aliphatic or aromatic solvent or a mixture thereof.
  • suitable inert organic aliphatic or aromatic solvent or a mixture thereof are, for example, solvents from the Solvesso series, toluene or xylene or 2-ethylhexanol, or 2-propylheptanol, and also butyldiglycol, butylglycol, methoxypropoxypropanol, butoxydipropanol or straight-chain or branched saturated hydrocarbons such as paraffins or naphthenes.
  • the quaternization can also be performed in the absence of a solvent.
  • the quaternization can be performed in the presence of a protic solvent, optionally also in combination with an aliphatic or aromatic solvent.
  • Suitable protic solvents especially have a dielectric constant (at 20° C.) of greater than 7.
  • the protic solvent may comprise one or more OH groups and may also be water.
  • Suitable solvents may also be alcohols, glycols and glycol ethers. More particularly, suitable protic solvents may be those specified in WO 2010132259.
  • Especially suitable solvents are methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, all isomers of butanol, all isomers of pentanol, all isomers of hexanol, 2-ethylhexanol, 2-propylheptanol, and also mixtures of various alcohols.
  • the presence of a protic solvent can have a positive effect on the conversion and the reaction rate of the quaternization.
  • reaction end product thus formed can theoretically be purified further, or the solvent can be removed.
  • excess reagent for example excess epoxide
  • solvents after the reaction for example solvents of the Solvesso series, 2-ethylhexanol, or essentially aliphatic solvents.
  • solvents for example solvents of the Solvesso series, 2-ethylhexanol, or essentially aliphatic solvents.
  • the quaternized ammonium compounds have a weight loss in a thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) at 350° C. of less than 50% by weight, for example less than 40%, less than 35%, less than 30%, less than 20% or less than 15%, for example down to 0% to 5% weight loss.
  • TGA thermogravimetric analysis
  • thermogravimetric analysis is conducted in accordance with standard ISO-4154. Specifically, in the test, a run from 50° to 900° C. is conducted at a rate of temperature rise of 20° C. per minute under a nitrogen atmosphere at a flow rate of 60 mL per minute.
  • the fuel additized with the inventive quaternized additive is a gasoline fuel or especially a middle distillate fuel, in particular a diesel fuel.
  • the fuel may comprise further customary additives to improve efficacy and/or suppress wear.
  • lubricity improvers in particular lubricity improvers (friction modifiers), corrosion inhibitors, demulsifiers, dehazers, antifoams, combustion improvers, antioxidants or stabilizers, antistats, metallocenes, metal deactivators, dyes and/or solvents.
  • the customary detergent additives are preferably amphiphilic substances which possess at least one hydrophobic hydrocarbon radical with a number-average molecular weight (M n ) of 85 to 20 000 and at least one polar moiety selected from:
  • the hydrophobic hydrocarbon radical in the above detergent additives which ensures adequate solubility in the fuel, has a number-average molecular weight (M n ) of 85 to 20 000, preferably of 113 to 10 000, more preferably of 300 to 5000, even more preferably of 300 to 3000, even more especially preferably of 500 to 2500 and especially of 700 to 2500, in particular of 800 to 1500.
  • M n number-average molecular weight
  • hydrophobic hydrocarbon radicals especially in conjunction with the polar, especially polypropenyl, polybutenyl and polyisobutenyl radicals with a number-average molecular weight M n of preferably in each case 300 to 5000, more preferably 300 to 3000, even more preferably 500 to 2500, even more especially preferably 700 to 2500 and especially 800 to 1500 into consideration.
  • detergent additives examples include the following:
  • Such additives based on high-reactivity polyisobutene which can be prepared from the polyisobutene which may comprise up to 20% by weight of n-butene units by hydroformylation and reductive amination with ammonia, monoamines or polyamines such as dimethylaminopropylamine, ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine or tetraethylenepentamine, are known especially from EP-A 244 616.
  • additives comprising monoamino groups (Da) are the compounds obtainable from polyisobutene epoxides by reaction with amines and subsequent dehydration and reduction of the amino alcohols, as described more particularly in DE-A 196 20 262.
  • These reaction products are generally mixtures of pure nitropolyisobutenes (e.g. ⁇ , ⁇ -dinitropolyisobutene) and mixed hydroxynitropolyisobutenes (e.g. ⁇ -nitro- ⁇ -hydroxypolyisobutene).
  • Additives comprising carboxyl groups or their alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts (Dd) are preferably copolymers of C 2 - to C 40 -olefins with maleic anhydride which have a total molar mass of 500 to 20 000 and wherein some or all of the carboxyl groups have been converted to the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts and any remainder of the carboxyl groups has been reacted with alcohols or amines.
  • Such additives are disclosed more particularly by EP-A 307 815.
  • Such additives serve mainly to prevent valve seat wear and can, as described in WO-A 87/01126, advantageously be used in combination with customary fuel detergents such as poly(iso)buteneamines or polyetheramines.
  • Additives comprising sulfonic acid groups or their alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts are preferably alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts of an alkyl sulfosuccinate, as described more particularly in EP-A 639 632.
  • Such additives serve mainly to prevent valve seat wear and can be used advantageously in combination with customary fuel detergents such as poly(iso)buteneamines or polyetheramines.
  • Additives comprising polyoxy-C 2 -C 4 -alkylene moieties are preferably polyethers or polyetheramines which are obtainable by reaction of C 2 - to C 60 -alkanols, C 6 - to C 30 -alkanediols, mono- or di-C 2 - to C 30 -alkylamines, C 1 - to C 30 -alkylcyclohexanols or C 1 - to C 30 -alkylphenols with 1 to 30 mol of ethylene oxide and/or propylene oxide and/or butylene oxide per hydroxyl group or amino group and, in the case of the polyetheramines, by subsequent reductive amination with ammonia, monoamines or polyamines.
  • Such products are described more particularly in EP-A 310 875, EP-A 356 725, EP-A 700 985 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,877,416.
  • polyethers such products also have carrier oil properties. Typical examples thereof are tridecanol butoxylates or isotridecanol butoxylates, isononylphenol butoxylates and also polyisobutenol butoxylates and propoxylates, and also the corresponding reaction products with ammonia.
  • Additives comprising carboxylic ester groups (Dg) are preferably esters of mono-, di- or tricarboxylic acids with long-chain alkanols or polyols, especially those having a minimum viscosity of 2 mm 2 /s at 100° C., as described more particularly in DE-A 38 38 918.
  • the mono-, di- or tricarboxylic acids used may be aliphatic or aromatic acids, and particularly suitable ester alcohols or ester polyols are long-chain representatives having, for example, 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • esters are adipates, phthalates, isophthalates, terephthalates and trimellitates of isooctanol, of isononanol, of isodecanol and of isotridecanol. Such products also satisfy carrier oil properties.
  • the moieties having hydroxyl and/or amino and/or amido and/or imido groups are, for example, carboxylic acid groups, acid amides of monoamines, acid amides of di- or polyamines which, in addition to the amide function, also have free amine groups, succinic acid derivatives having an acid and an amide function, carboximides with monoamines, carboximides with di- or polyamines which, in addition to the imide function, also have free amine groups, or diimides which are formed by the reaction of di- or polyamines with two succinic acid derivatives.
  • the further detergent additive in the context of the present invention is, however, used only up to a maximum of 100% of the weight of compounds with betaine structure.
  • Such fuel additives are common knowledge and are described, for example, in documents (1) and (2). They are preferably the reaction products of alkyl- or alkenyl-substituted succinic acids or derivatives thereof with amines and more preferably the reaction products of polyisobutenyl-substituted succinic acids or derivatives thereof with amines.
  • reaction products with aliphatic polyamines such as especially ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, pentaethylenehexamine and hexaethyleneheptamine, which have an imide structure.
  • Additives comprising moieties (Di) obtained by Mannich reaction of substituted phenols with aldehydes and mono- or polyamines are preferably reaction products of polyisobutene-substituted phenols with formaldehyde and mono- or polyamines such as ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine or dimethylaminopropylamine.
  • Such “polyisobutene Mannich bases” are described more particularly in EP-A 831 141.
  • One or more of the detergent additives mentioned can be added to the fuel in such an amount that the dosage of these detergent additives is preferably 25 to 2500 ppm by weight, especially 75 to 1500 ppm by weight, in particular 150 to 1000 ppm by weight.
  • Carrier oils additionally used may be of mineral or synthetic nature. Suitable mineral carrier oils are fractions obtained in crude oil processing, such as brightstock or base oils having viscosities, for example, from the SN 500-2000 class; but also aromatic hydrocarbons, paraffinic hydrocarbons and alkoxyalkanols. Likewise useful is a fraction which is obtained in the refining of mineral oil and is known as “hydrocrack oil” (vacuum distillate cut having a boiling range of from about 360 to 500° C., obtainable from natural mineral oil which has been catalytically hydrogenated under high pressure and isomerized and also deparaffinized). Likewise suitable are mixtures of the abovementioned mineral carrier oils.
  • suitable synthetic carrier oils are polyolefins (polyalphaolefins or polyinternalolefins), (poly)esters, (poly)alkoxylates, polyethers, aliphatic polyetheramines, alkylphenol-started polyethers, alkylphenol-started polyetheramines and carboxylic esters of long-chain alkanols.
  • suitable polyethers or polyetheramines are preferably compounds comprising polyoxy-C 2 - to C 4 -alkylene moieties obtainable by reacting C 2 - to C 60 -alkanols, C 6 - to C 30 -alkanediols, mono- or di-C 2 - to C 30 -alkylamines, C 1 - to C 30 -alkylcyclohexanols or C 1 - to C 30 -alkylphenols with 1 to 30 mol of ethylene oxide and/or propylene oxide and/or butylene oxide per hydroxyl group or amino group, and, in the case of the polyetheramines, by subsequent reductive amination with ammonia, monoamines or polyamines.
  • the polyetheramines used may be poly-C 2 - to C 6 -alkylene oxide amines or functional derivatives thereof. Typical examples thereof are tridecanol butoxylates or isotridecanol butoxylates, isononylphenol butoxylates and also polyisobutenol butoxylates and propoxylates, and also the corresponding reaction products with ammonia.
  • carboxylic esters of long-chain alkanols are more particularly esters of mono-, di- or tricarboxylic acids with long-chain alkanols or polyols, as described more particularly in DE-A 38 38 918.
  • the mono-, di- or tricarboxylic acids used may be aliphatic or aromatic acids; particularly suitable ester alcohols or ester polyols are long-chain representatives having, for example, 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • esters are adipates, phthalates, isophthalates, terephthalates and trimellitates of isooctanol, isononanol, isodecanol and isotridecanol, for example di(n- or isotridecyl) phthalate.
  • suitable synthetic carrier oils are alcohol-started polyethers having about 5 to 35, preferably about 5 to 30, more preferably 10 to 30 and especially 15 to 30 C 3 - to C 6 -alkylene oxide units, for example propylene oxide, n-butylene oxide and isobutylene oxide units, or mixtures thereof, per alcohol molecule.
  • suitable starter alcohols are long-chain alkanols or phenols substituted by long-chain alkyl in which the long-chain alkyl radical is especially a straight-chain or branched C 6 - to C 18 -alkyl radical.
  • Particular examples include tridecanol and nonylphenol.
  • Particularly preferred alcohol-started polyethers are the reaction products (polyetherification products) of monohydric aliphatic C 6 - to C 18 -alcohols with C 3 - to C 6 -alkylene oxides.
  • monohydric aliphatic C 6 -C 15 -alcohols are hexanol, heptanol, octanol, 2-ethylhexanol, nonyl alcohol, decanol, 3-propylheptanol, undecanol, dodecanol, tridecanol, tetradecanol, pentadecanol, hexadecanol, octadecanol and the constitutional and positional isomers thereof.
  • the alcohols can be used either in the form of the pure isomers or in the form of technical grade mixtures.
  • a particularly preferred alcohol is tridecanol.
  • C 3 - to C 6 -alkylene oxides are propylene oxide, such as 1,2-propylene oxide, butylene oxide, such as 1,2-butylene oxide, 2,3-butylene oxide, isobutylene oxide or tetrahydrofuran, pentylene oxide and hexylene oxide. Particular preference among these is given to C 3 - to C 4 -alkylene oxides, i.e. propylene oxide such as 1,2-propylene oxide and butylene oxide such as 1,2-butylene oxide, 2,3-butylene oxide and isobutylene oxide. Especially butylene oxide is used.
  • suitable synthetic carrier oils are alkoxylated alkylphenols, as described in DE-A 10 102 913.
  • Particular carrier oils are synthetic carrier oils, particular preference being given to the above-described alcohol-started polyethers.
  • the carrier oil or the mixture of different carrier oils is added to the fuel in an amount of preferably 1 to 1000 ppm by weight, more preferably of 10 to 500 ppm by weight and especially of 20 to 100 ppm by weight.
  • Suitable cold flow improvers are in principle all organic compounds which are capable of improving the flow performance of middle distillate fuels or diesel fuels under cold conditions. For the intended purpose, they must have sufficient oil solubility. More particularly, useful cold flow improvers for this purpose are the cold flow improvers (middle distillate flow improvers, MDFIs) typically used in the case of middle distillates of fossil origin, i.e. in the case of customary mineral diesel fuels. However, it is also possible to use organic compounds which partly or predominantly have the properties of a wax antisettling additive (WASA) when used in customary diesel fuels. They can also act partly or predominantly as nucleators. It is also possible to use mixtures of organic compounds effective as MDFIs and/or effective as WASAs and/or effective as nucleators.
  • WASA wax antisettling additive
  • the cold flow improver is typically selected from
  • Suitable C 2 - to C 40 -olefin monomers for the copolymers of class (K1) are, for example, those having 2 to 20 and especially 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and 1 to 3 and preferably 1 or 2 carbon-carbon double bonds, especially having one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • the carbon-carbon double bond may be arranged either terminally ( ⁇ -olefins) or internally.
  • ⁇ -olefins preference is given to ⁇ -olefins, particular preference to ⁇ -olefins having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, for example propene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene and in particular ethylene.
  • the at least one further ethylenically unsaturated monomer is preferably selected from alkenyl carboxylates, (meth)acrylic esters and further olefins.
  • further olefins are also copolymerized, they are preferably higher in molecular weight than the abovementioned C 2 - to C 40 -olefin base monomer.
  • the olefin base monomer used is ethylene or propene
  • suitable further olefins are especially C 10 - to C 40 - ⁇ -olefins. Further olefins are in most cases only additionally copolymerized when monomers with carboxylic ester functions are also used.
  • Suitable (meth)acrylic esters are, for example, esters of (meth)acrylic acid with C 1 - to C 20 -alkanols, especially C 1 - to C 10 -alkanols, in particular with methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, isobutanol, tert-butanol, pentanol, hexanol, heptanol, octanol, 2-ethylhexanol, nonanol and decanol, and structural isomers thereof.
  • Suitable alkenyl carboxylates are, for example, C 2 - to C 14 -alkenyl esters, for example the vinyl and propenyl esters, of carboxylic acids having 2 to 21 carbon atoms, whose hydrocarbyl radical may be linear or branched.
  • preference is given to the vinyl esters.
  • carboxylic acids with a branched hydrocarbyl radical preference is given to those whose branch is in the ⁇ position to the carboxyl group, and the ⁇ -carbon atom is more preferably tertiary, i.e. the carboxylic acid is what is called a neocarboxylic acid.
  • the hydrocarbyl radical of the carboxylic acid is preferably linear.
  • alkenyl carboxylates examples include vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl 2-ethylhexanoate, vinyl neopentanoate, vinyl hexanoate, vinyl neononanoate, vinyl neodecanoate and the corresponding propenyl esters, preference being given to the vinyl esters.
  • a particularly preferred alkenyl carboxylate is vinyl acetate; typical copolymers of group (K1) resulting therefrom are ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers (“EVAs”), which are some of the most frequently used.
  • Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers usable particularly advantageously and the preparation thereof are described in WO 99/29748.
  • Suitable copolymers of class (K1) are also those which comprise two or more different alkenyl carboxylates in copolymerized form, which differ in the alkenyl function and/or in the carboxylic acid group.
  • copolymers which, as well as the alkenyl carboxylate(s), comprise at least one olefin and/or at least one (meth)acrylic ester in copolymerized form.
  • Terpolymers of a C 2 - to C 40 - ⁇ -olefin, a C 1 - to C 20 -alkyl ester of an ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid having 3 to 15 carbon atoms and a C 2 - to C 14 -alkenyl ester of a saturated monocarboxylic acid having 2 to 21 carbon atoms are also suitable as copolymers of class (K1).
  • Terpolymers of this kind are described in WO 2005/054314.
  • a typical terpolymer of this kind is formed from ethylene, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate and vinyl acetate.
  • the at least one or the further ethylenically unsaturated monomer(s) are copolymerized in the copolymers of class (K1) in an amount of preferably 1 to 50% by weight, especially 10 to 45% by weight and in particular 20 to 40% by weight, based on the overall copolymer.
  • the main proportion in terms of weight of the monomer units in the copolymers of class (K1) therefore originates generally from the C 2 - to C 40 base olefins.
  • the copolymers of class (K1) preferably have a number-average molecular weight Mn of 1000 to 20 000, more preferably of 1000 to 10 000 and especially of 1000 to 8000.
  • Typical comb polymers of component (K2) are, for example, obtainable by the copolymerization of maleic anhydride or fumaric acid with another ethylenically unsaturated monomer, for example with an ⁇ -olefin or an unsaturated ester, such as vinyl acetate, and subsequent esterification of the anhydride or acid function with an alcohol having at least 10 carbon atoms.
  • Further suitable comb polymers are copolymers of ⁇ -olefins and esterified comonomers, for example esterified copolymers of styrene and maleic anhydride or esterified copolymers of styrene and fumaric acid.
  • Suitable comb polymers may also be polyfumarates or polymaleates. Homo- and copolymers of vinyl ethers are also suitable comb polymers.
  • Comb polymers suitable as components of class (K2) are, for example, also those described in WO 2004/035715 and in “Comb-Like Polymers. Structure and Properties”, N. A. Plate and V. P. Shibaev, J. Poly. Sci. Macromolecular Revs. 8, pages 117 to 253 (1974). Mixtures of comb polymers are also suitable.
  • Polyoxyalkylenes suitable as components of class (K3) are, for example, polyoxyalkylene esters, polyoxyalkylene ethers, mixed polyoxyalkylene ester/ethers and mixtures thereof. These polyoxyalkylene compounds preferably comprise at least one linear alkyl group, preferably at least two linear alkyl groups, each having 10 to 30 carbon atoms and a polyoxyalkylene group having a number-average molecular weight of up to 5000. Such polyoxyalkylene compounds are described, for example, in EP A 061 895 and also in U.S. Pat. No. 4,491,455. Particular polyoxyalkylene compounds are based on polyethylene glycols and polypropylene glycols having a number-average molecular weight of 100 to 5000. Additionally suitable are polyoxyalkylene mono- and diesters of fatty acids having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, such as stearic acid or behenic acid.
  • Polar nitrogen compounds suitable as components of class (K4) may be either ionic or nonionic and preferably have at least one substituent, especially at least two substituents, in the form of a tertiary nitrogen atom of the general formula >NR 7 in which R 7 is a C 8 - to C 40 -hydrocarbyl radical.
  • the nitrogen substituents may also be quaternized, i.e. be in cationic form.
  • An example of such nitrogen compounds is that of ammonium salts and/or amides which are obtainable by the reaction of at least one amine substituted by at least one hydrocarbyl radical with a carboxylic acid having 1 to 4 carboxyl groups or with a suitable derivative thereof.
  • the amines preferably comprise at least one linear C 8 - to C 40 -alkyl radical.
  • Primary amines suitable for preparing the polar nitrogen compounds mentioned are, for example, octylamine, nonylamine, decylamine, undecylamine, dodecylamine, tetradecylamine and the higher linear homologs; secondary amines suitable for this purpose are, for example, dioctadecylamine and methylbehenylamine.
  • amine mixtures especially amine mixtures obtainable on the industrial scale, such as fatty amines or hydrogenated tallamines, as described, for example, in Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, 6th Edition, “Amines, aliphatic” chapter.
  • Acids suitable for the reaction are, for example, cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, cyclopentane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, and succinic acids substituted by long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals.
  • the component of class (K4) is an oil-soluble reaction product of poly(C 2 - to C 20 -carboxylic acids) having at least one tertiary amino group with primary or secondary amines.
  • the poly(C 2 - to —C 20 -carboxylic acids) which have at least one tertiary amino group and form the basis of this reaction product comprise preferably at least 3 carboxyl groups, especially 3 to 12 and in particular 3 to 5 carboxyl groups.
  • the carboxylic acid units in the polycarboxylic acids have preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and are especially acetic acid units.
  • the carboxylic acid units are suitably bonded to the polycarboxylic acids, usually via one or more carbon and/or nitrogen atoms. They are preferably attached to tertiary nitrogen atoms which, in the case of a plurality of nitrogen atoms, are bonded via hydrocarbon chains.
  • the component of class (K4) is preferably an oil-soluble reaction product based on poly(C 2 - to C 20 -carboxylic acids) which have at least one tertiary amino group and are of the general formula IIa or IIb
  • variable A represents a straight-chain or branched C 2 - to C 6 -alkylene group or the moiety of the formula III
  • variable B denotes a C 1 - to C 19 -alkylene group.
  • the compounds of the general formulae IIa and IIb especially have the properties of a WASA.
  • the preferred oil-soluble reaction product of component (K4) is an amide, an amide-ammonium salt or an ammonium salt in which no, one or more carboxylic acid groups have been converted to amide groups.
  • Straight-chain or branched C 2 - to C 6 -alkylene groups of the variable A are, for example, 1,1-ethylene, 1,2-propylene, 1,3-propylene, 1,2-butylene, 1,3-butylene, 1,4-butylene, 2-methyl-1,3-propylene, 1,5-pentylene, 2-methyl-1,4-butylene, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propylene, 1,6-hexylene (hexamethylene) and especially 1,2-ethylene.
  • the variable A comprises preferably 2 to 4 and especially 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • C 1 - to C 19 -alkylene groups of the variable B are, for example, 1,2-ethylene, 1,3-propylene, 1,4-butylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, decamethylene, dodecamethylene, tetradecamethylene, hexadecamethylene, octadecamethylene, nonadecamethylene and especially methylene.
  • the variable B comprises preferably 1 to 10 and especially 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the primary and secondary amines as a reaction partner for the polycarboxylic acids to form component (K4) are typically monoamines, especially aliphatic monoamines. These primary and secondary amines may be selected from a multitude of amines which bear hydrocarbyl radicals which may optionally be bonded to one another.
  • These parent amines of the oil-soluble reaction products of component (K4) are usually 10 secondary amines and have the general formula HN(R 8 ) 2 in which the two variables R 8 are each independently straight-chain or branched C 10 - to C 30 -alkyl radicals, especially C 14 - to C 24 -alkyl radicals.
  • These relatively long-chain alkyl radicals are preferably straight-chain or only slightly branched.
  • the secondary amines mentioned, with regard to their relatively long-chain alkyl radicals derive from naturally occurring fatty acids and from derivatives thereof.
  • the two R 8 radicals are preferably the same.
  • the secondary amines mentioned may be bonded to the polycarboxylic acids by means of amide structures or in the form of the ammonium salts; it is also possible for only a portion to be present as amide structures and another portion as ammonium salts. Preferably only few, if any, free acid groups are present.
  • the oil-soluble reaction products of component (K4) are preferably present completely in the form of the amide structures.
  • Typical examples of such components (K4) are reaction products of nitrilotriacetic acid, of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid or of propylene-1,2-diaminetetraacetic acid with in each case 0.5 to 1.5 mol per carboxyl group, especially 0.8 to 1.2 mol per carboxyl group, of dioleylamine, dipalmitamine, dicocoamine, distearylamine, dibehenylamine or especially ditallowamine.
  • a particularly preferred component (K4) is the reaction product of 1 mol of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid and 4 mol of hydrogenated ditallowamine.
  • component (K4) include the N,N-dialkylammonium salts of 2-N′,N′-dialkylamidobenzoates, for example the reaction product of 1 mol of phthalic anhydride and 2 mol of ditallowamine, the latter being hydrogenated or unhydrogenated, and the reaction product of 1 mol of an alkenylspirobislactone with 2 mol of a dialkylamine, for example ditallowamine and/or tallowamine, the latter two being hydrogenated or unhydrogenated.
  • component of class (K4) are cyclic compounds with tertiary amino groups or condensates of long-chain primary or secondary amines with carboxylic acid-containing polymers, as described in WO 93/18115.
  • Sulfocarboxylic acids, sulfonic acids or derivatives thereof which are suitable as cold flow improvers of the component of class (K5) are, for example, the oil-soluble carboxamides and carboxylic esters of ortho-sulfobenzoic acid, in which the sulfonic acid function is present as a sulfonate with alkyl-substituted ammonium cations, as described in EP-A 261 957.
  • Poly(meth)acrylic esters suitable as cold flow improvers of the component of class (K6) are either homo- or copolymers of acrylic and methacrylic esters. Preference is given to copolymers of at least two different (meth)acrylic esters which differ with regard to the esterified alcohol.
  • the copolymer optionally comprises another different olefinically unsaturated monomer in copolymerized form.
  • the weight-average molecular weight of the polymer is preferably 50 000 to 500 000.
  • a particularly preferred polymer is a copolymer of methacrylic acid and methacrylic esters of saturated C 14 - and C 15 -alcohols, the acid groups having been neutralized with hydrogenated tallamine. Suitable poly(meth)acrylic esters are described, for example, in WO 00/44857.
  • the cold flow improver or the mixture of different cold flow improvers is added to the middle distillate fuel or diesel fuel in a total amount of preferably 10 to 5000 ppm by weight, more preferably of 20 to 2000 ppm by weight, even more preferably of 50 to 1000 ppm by weight and especially of 100 to 700 ppm by weight, for example of 200 to 500 ppm by weight.
  • Suitable lubricity improvers or friction modifiers are based typically on fatty acids or fatty acid esters. Typical examples are tall oil fatty acid, as described, for example, in WO 98/004656, and glyceryl monooleate.
  • the reaction products, described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,743,266 B2, of natural or synthetic oils, for example triglycerides, and alkanolamines are also suitable as such lubricity improvers.
  • Suitable corrosion inhibitors are, for example, succinic esters, in particular with polyols, fatty acid derivatives, for example oleic esters, oligomerized fatty acids, substituted ethanolamines, and products sold under the trade name RC 4801 (Rhein Chemie Mannheim, Germany) or HiTEC 536 (Afton Corporation).
  • Suitable demulsifiers are, for example, the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts of alkyl-substituted phenol- and naphthalenesulfonates and the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts of fatty acids, and also neutral compounds such as alcohol alkoxylates, e.g. alcohol ethoxylates, phenol alkoxylates, e.g.
  • tert-butylphenol ethoxylate or tert-pentylphenol ethoxylate fatty acids, alkylphenols, condensation products of ethylene oxide (EO) and propylene oxide (PO), for example including in the form of EO/PO block copolymers, polyethyleneimines or else polysiloxanes.
  • EO ethylene oxide
  • PO propylene oxide
  • Suitable dehazers are, for example, alkoxylated phenol-formaldehyde condensates, for example the products available under the trade names NALCO 7D07 (Nalco) and TOLAD 2683 (Petrolite).
  • Suitable antifoams are, for example, polyether-modified polysiloxanes, for example the products available under the trade names TEGOPREN 5851 (Goldschmidt), Q 25907 (Dow Corning) and RHODOSIL (Rhone Poulenc).
  • Suitable cetane number improvers are, for example, aliphatic nitrates such as 2-ethylhexyl nitrate and cyclohexyl nitrate and peroxides such as di-tert-butyl peroxide.
  • Suitable antioxidants are, for example, substituted phenols, such as 2,6-di-tert-butylphenol and 6-di-tert-butyl-3-methylphenol, and also phenylenediamines such as N,N′-di-sec-butyl-p-phenylenediamine.
  • Suitable metal deactivators are, for example, salicylic acid derivatives such as N,N′-disalicylidene-1,2-propanediamine.
  • Suitable solvents are, for example, nonpolar organic solvents such as aromatic and aliphatic hydrocarbons, for example toluene, xylenes, white spirit and products sold under the trade names SHELLSOL (Royal Dutch/Shell Group) and EXXSOL (ExxonMobil), and also polar organic solvents, for example, alcohols such as 2-ethylhexanol, decanol and isotridecanol.
  • solvents are usually added to the diesel fuel together with the aforementioned additives and coadditives, which they are intended to dissolve or dilute for better handling.
  • the compounds of the invention are combined with further auxiliaries to counteract internal and external deposits in injectors in diesel engines.
  • These may preferably be olefin-polymerizable carboxylic acid copolymers, where the copolymer comprises at least one free carboxylic acid side group, or a nitrogen compound quaternized with epoxide in the presence of an olefin-polymerizable carboxylic acid copolymer, where the copolymer comprises at least one free carboxylic acid side group, where the polymerizable carboxylic acid is a polymerizable mono- or polycarboxylic acid.
  • copolymers may be copolymers, copolymer-containing reaction products or a copolymer-containing component fraction thereof, where the copolymer is obtainable by
  • copolymerizing a) at least one ethylenically unsaturated, polymerizable polycarboxylic anhydride with b) at least one polymerizable olefin; (2) then derivatizing the copolymer from step (1) by partial or complete reaction of the anhydride radicals of the copolymer from step (1) with water, at least one hydroxyl compound, at least one primary or secondary amine; or mixtures thereof, to form a carboxyl-containing copolymer derivative; and optionally (3) quaternizing a quaternizable (especially tertiary) nitrogen compound with an epoxide and the copolymer derivative from step (2).
  • copolymers may be copolymers, copolymer-containing reaction products or a copolymer-containing component fraction thereof, where the copolymer is obtainable by
  • copolymerizing a) at least one ethylenically unsaturated, polymerizable mono- or polycarboxylic acid with b) at least one polymerizable olefin; (2) then derivatizing the copolymer from step (1) by partial reaction of the carboxyl radicals of the copolymer with at least one hydroxyl compound, at least one primary or 25 secondary amine; or mixtures thereof, to form a copolymer derivative having a reduced content of free carboxyl groups; and optionally (3) quaternizing a quaternizable nitrogen compound with an epoxide and the copolymer derivative from step (2).
  • copolymers may be copolymers, copolymer-containing reaction products or a copolymer-containing component fraction thereof, where the copolymer is obtainable by
  • Copolymer compounds of this kind are described, for example, in European patent application EP application number 14152991.7 to the present applicant.
  • the inventive additive is outstandingly suitable as a fuel additive and can be used in principle in any fuels. It brings about a whole series of advantageous effects in the operation of internal combustion engines with fuels. Preference is given to using the inventive quaternized additive in middle distillate fuels, especially diesel fuels.
  • the present invention therefore also provides fuels, especially middle distillate fuels, with a content of the inventive quaternized additive which is effective as an additive for achieving advantageous effects in the operation of internal combustion engines, for example of diesel engines, especially of direct injection diesel engines, in particular of diesel engines with common rail injection systems.
  • This effective content is generally 10 to 5000 ppm by weight, preferably 20 to 1500 ppm by weight, especially 25 to 1000 ppm by weight, in particular 30 to 750 ppm by weight, based in each case on the total amount of fuel.
  • Middle distillate fuels such as diesel fuels or heating oils are preferably mineral oil raffinates which typically have a boiling range from 100 to 400° C. These are usually distillates having a 95% point up to 360° C. or even higher. These may also be what is called “ultra low sulfur diesel” or “city diesel”, characterized by a 95% point of, for example, not more than 345° C. and a sulfur content of not more than 0.005% by weight or by a 95% point of, for example, 285° C. and a sulfur content of not more than 0.001% by weight.
  • mineral middle distillate fuels or diesel fuels obtainable by refining
  • those obtainable by coal gasification or gas liquefaction [“gas to liquid” (GTL) fuels] or by biomass liquefaction [“biomass to liquid” (BTL) fuels] are also suitable.
  • renewable fuels such as biodiesel or bioethanol.
  • biodiesel or bioethanol such as biodiesel or bioethanol.
  • HVO hydrogenated vegetable oils
  • UKO used kitchen oil
  • the inventive quaternized additive can also be used in mixtures of such middle distillates with biofuel oils (biodiesel).
  • biofuel oils biodiesel
  • Such mixtures are also encompassed by the term “middle distillate fuel” in the context of the present invention. They are commercially available and usually comprise the biofuel oils in minor amounts, typically in amounts of 1 to 30% by weight, especially of 3 to 10% by weight, based on the total amount of middle distillate of fossil, vegetable or animal origin and biofuel oil.
  • Biofuel oils are generally based on fatty acid esters, preferably essentially on alkyl esters of fatty acids which derive from vegetable and/or animal oils and/or fats.
  • Alkyl esters are typically understood to mean lower alkyl esters, especially C 1 - to C 4 -alkyl esters, which are obtainable by transesterifying the glycerides which occur in vegetable and/or animal oils and/or fats, especially triglycerides, by means of lower alcohols, for example ethanol or in particular methanol (“FAME”).
  • Typical lower alkyl esters based on vegetable and/or animal oils and/or fats which find use as a biofuel oil or components thereof, are, for example, sunflower methyl ester, palm oil methyl ester (“PME”), soya oil methyl ester (“SME”) and especially rapeseed oil methyl ester (“RME”). Also conceivable are hydrogenated vegetable oils (HVO) or used kitchen oil (UKO).
  • HVO hydrogenated vegetable oils
  • UKO used kitchen oil
  • the middle distillate fuels or diesel fuels are more preferably those having a low sulfur content, i.e. having a sulfur content of less than 0.05% by weight, preferably of less than 0.02% by weight, more particularly of less than 0.005% by weight and especially of less than 0.001% by weight of sulfur.
  • Useful gasoline fuels include all commercial gasoline fuel compositions.
  • One typical representative which shall be mentioned here is the Eurosuper base fuel to EN 228, which is customary on the market.
  • gasoline fuel compositions of the specification according to WO 00/47698 are also possible fields of use for the present invention.
  • the inventive quaternized additive is especially suitable as a fuel additive in fuel compositions, especially in diesel fuels, for overcoming the problems outlined at the outset in direct injection diesel engines, in particular in those with common rail injection systems.
  • Preferred additives in fuels of this kind are the following specific compound classes (A) and (C):
  • Preferred additives (A) are compounds which are derived from succinic anhydride and have long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals having generally 15 to 700 and particularly 30 to 200 carbon atoms. These compounds may have further functional groups which are preferably selected from hydroxyl, amino, amido and/or imido groups.
  • Preferred additives are the corresponding derivatives of polyalkenylsuccinic anhydride, which are obtainable, for example, by reaction of polyalkenes with maleic anhydride by a thermal route or via the chlorinated hydrocarbons.
  • the number-average molecular weight of the long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals is preferably within a range from about 200 to 10 000, more preferably 400 to 5000, particularly 600 to 3000 and especially 650 to 2000.
  • long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals preferably derive from conventional polyisobutenes and especially from the aforementioned reactive polyisobutenes.
  • additives (A) are the derivatives of polyalkenylsuccinic anhydrides with ammonia, monoamines, polyamines, monoalcohols and polyols.
  • Polyamines preferred for derivatization comprise ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, propylenediamine, etc.
  • Suitable alcohols comprise monohydric alcohols, such as ethanol, allyl alcohol, dodecanol and benzyl alcohol, polyhydric alcohols, such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, glycerol, trimethylolpropane, erythritol, pentaerythritol, mannitol and sorbitol.
  • monohydric alcohols such as ethanol, allyl alcohol, dodecanol and benzyl alcohol
  • polyhydric alcohols such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, glycerol, trimethylolpropane, erythritol, pentaerythritol, mannitol and sorbitol.
  • Succinic anhydride derivatives (A) suitable as additives are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 3,522,179, U.S. Pat. No. 4,234,435, U.S. Pat. No. 4,849,572, U.S. Pat. No. 4,904,401, U.S. Pat. No. 5,569,644 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,165,235, which are fully incorporated by reference.
  • Preferred additives (C) are Mannich adducts.
  • Such adducts are obtained in principle by Mannich reaction of aromatic hydroxyl compounds, especially phenol and phenol derivatives, with aldehydes and mono- or polyamines. These are preferably the reaction products of polyisobutene-substituted phenols with formaldehyde and mono- or polyamines such as ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, dimethylaminopropylamine, etc.
  • Suitable Mannich adducts and processes for preparation thereof are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,876,468, EP-A 831 141, EP-A 1 233 990 and EP-A 1 226 188, which are fully incorporated by reference.
  • additives (A) and (C) and any further additives from those mentioned above may typically each be present in amounts of in each case 0.0001 to 1% by weight, preferably 0.001 to 0.6% by weight and especially 0.0015 to 0.4% by weight, based on the total amount of the fuel composition.
  • the keep-clean test is based on CEC test procedure F-098-08 Issue 5. This is done using the same test setup and engine type (PEUGEOT DW10) as in the CEC procedure.
  • test run time was 12 h without shutdown phases.
  • the one-hour test cycle from CEC F-098-08, shown in FIG. 1 was run through 12 times.
  • the final performance (Pend,KC) is determined in the 12th cycle in stage 12 (see table, FIG. 2 ).
  • the operation point is full load 4000/min.
  • Pend,KC [kW] is calculated from the torque measured.
  • the power loss in the KC test is calculated as follows:
  • the DU-CU test is based on CEC test procedure F-098-08 Issue 5.
  • the procedure is described in Issue 5 of the test procedure (CEC F-98-08). This is done using the same test setup and the PEUGEOT DW10 engine type.
  • the DU-CU test consists of two individual tests which are run in succession.
  • the first test serves to form deposits (DU), the second to remove the deposits (CU).
  • the power loss is determined.
  • the engine is not operated for at least 8 hours and is cooled to ambient temperature. Thereafter, the CU fuel is used to start the CU without deinstalling and cleaning the injectors.
  • the deposits and power loss ideally decline over the course of the CU test.
  • test run time was 4.28 h for the DU and 8 h or 12 h for the CU.
  • the engine was operated in the DU and CU tests without shutdown phases.
  • the initial power P0,du [kW] is calculated from the measured torque at full load 4000/min directly after the test has started and the engine has run hot. The procedure is likewise described in Issue 5 of the test procedure.
  • the final performance (Pend,du) is determined in the 12th cycle in stage 12 (see table above).
  • the operation point is full load 4000/min.
  • Pend,du [kW] is calculated from the torque measured.
  • the power loss in the DU is calculated as follows:
  • the initial power P0,cu [kW] is calculated from the measured torque at full load 4000/min directly after the test has started and the engine has run hot in the CU. The procedure is likewise described in Issue 5 of the test procedure.
  • the final performance (Pend,cu) is determined in the 12th cycle in stage 12 (see table, FIG. 2 ).
  • the operation point is full load 4000/min.
  • Pend,cu [kW] is calculated from the torque measured.
  • the power loss in the CU test is calculated as follows (negative number for the power loss in the cu test means an increase in performance)
  • the fuel used was a commercial diesel fuel from Craigrmann (RF-06-03). To artificially induce the formation of deposits at the injectors, 1 ppm by weight of zinc in the form of a zinc didodecanoate solution was added thereto.
  • IDID Test Determination of Additive Effect on Internal Injector Deposits The formation of deposits within the injector was characterized by the deviations in the exhaust gas temperatures of the cylinders at the cylinder outlet on cold starting of the DW10 engine.
  • the test is conducted as a dirty-up clean-up test (DU-CU).
  • DU-CU is based on CEC test procedure F-098-08 Issue 5.
  • the DU-CU test consists of two individual tests which are run in succession. The first test serves to form deposits (DU), the second to remove the deposits (CU).
  • the CU fuel is used to start the CU without deinstalling and cleaning the injectors.
  • a cold start of the engine is conducted, followed by idling for 10 minutes.
  • the evaluation is effected by the comparison of the temperature profiles for the individual cylinders after the cold start in the DU and CU runs.
  • the IDID test indicates the formation of internal deposits in the injector.
  • the characteristic used in this test is the exhaust gas temperature of the individual cylinders.
  • the exhaust gas temperatures of the cylinders increase homogeneously.
  • the exhaust gas temperatures of the individual cylinders do not increase homogeneously and deviate from one another.
  • the temperature sensors are beyond the cylinder head outlet in the exhaust gas manifold. Significant deviation of the individual cylinder temperatures (e.g. >20° C.) indicates the presence of internal injector deposits (IDIDs).
  • the tests (DU and CU) are each conducted with run time 8 h.
  • the one-hour test cycle from CEC F-098-08 (see FIG. 3 ) is run through 8 times in each case. In the event of deviations of the individual cylinder temperatures of greater than 45° C. from the mean for all 4 cylinders, the test is stopped early.
  • R 1 here represents long-chain hydrocarbyl
  • R 2 , R 3 and R 4 correspond to R a , R b and R c as defined above
  • R 5 corresponds to R d as defined above
  • R is H or a radical obtained by esterification with the epoxide, for example —CH 2 CH(R 5 )OH
  • Polyisobutylenesuccinic anhydride (PIBSA, Glissopal® SA, from BASF): Prepared from maleic anhydride and Polyisobutene 1000 in a known manner. Unless stated otherwise, for the inventive preparation examples, qualities having a bismaleation level of 10% to 20% and hydrolysis numbers in the range of 84-95 mg KOH/g were used.
  • polyisobutylenesuccinic acid polyisobutylenesuccinic anhydride was admixed with the equimolar amount of water in accordance with the hydrolysis number and hydrolyzed at a temperature of 80° C.
  • Cocoyldimethylamine (N,N-dimethyl-N—C12/14-amine, CAS 68439-70-3 and 112-18-5) having a total amine value of 246 mg KOH/g.
  • N-Methyl-N,N-ditallowamine Armeen® M2HT from Akzo Nobel, CAS 61788-63-4, having a total amine value of 108 mg KOH/g.
  • N,N-Dimethylhexadecylamine (n-C 16 H 33 NMe 2 , CAS 112-69-6, Aldrich) Tridecylamine (branched; isomer mixture, CAS 86089-17-0) from BASF.
  • N,N-Dimethyl-1,3-diaminopropane (DMAPA, CAS 109-55-7) from BASF.
  • 2-Ethylhexanol and 2-propylheptanol from BASF.
  • a 2 l autoclave is initially charged with a solution of the tertiary amine (1 eq. according to the total amine number) and of the alkylenesuccinic acid derivative (1 eq. according to the acid number) in the given solvent (2-ethylhexanol, unless stated otherwise).
  • the amount of solvent and the batch size are selected such that the end product has an active content of 50% and the reactor a fill level of about 70%.
  • This is followed by purging three times with N 2 , establishment of a supply pressure of approx. 2 bar of N 2 and an increase in the temperature to 50° C.
  • the given alkylene oxide, propylene oxide unless stated otherwise, (2 eq.) is metered in within 1 h. This is followed by stirring at 50° C.
  • Tridecylamine (140.2 g) is initially charged at room temperature and formic acid (166.7 g) is added while stirring within 15 min.
  • the reaction mixture is heated to 45° C. and aqueous formaldehyde solution (37%; 132.7 g) is added dropwise with evolution of CO 2 within 25 min. Subsequently, stirring is continued at 80° C. for 23 h.
  • hydrochloric acid (32%; 121.5 g) is added while stirring.
  • the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 h and the water is removed on a rotary evaporator under reduced pressure. 500 mL of water are added to the product mixture, and 50% sodium hydroxide solution is used to release the amine.
  • the mixture was extracted twice with methyl tert-butyl ether, the combined organic phases were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed on a rotary evaporator.
  • the product (143.5 g) exhibited a total amine number of 228 mg KOH/g with 94% tertiary amine.
  • Dimethyloctadecyl(2-hydroxyhexyl)ammonium acetatefrag is obtained by quaternizing n-C 18 H 37 NMe 2 with hexene oxide/acetic acid.
  • this product as a 50% solution in 2-ethylhexanol turns cloudy when stored at room temperature over a period of 1 week.
  • a 2 L autoclave is initially charged with a solution of cocoyldimethylamine (1 eq.) and oleic acid (1 eq.) in 2-ethylhexanol.
  • the amount of 2-ethylhexanol and the batch size are chosen such that the end product has an active content of 50% and the reactor a fill level of about 70%.
  • This is followed by purging three times with N 2 , establishment of a supply pressure of about 2 bar of N 2 and an increase in the temperature to 50° C.
  • Propylene oxide (2 eq.) is metered in within 1 h. This is followed by stirring at 50° C.
  • a 2 L autoclave is initially charged with a solution of cocoyldimethylamine (1 eq.) and oleic acid (2 eq.) in 2-ethylhexanol.
  • the amount of 2-ethylhexanol and the batch size are chosen such that the end product has an active content of 50% and the reactor a fill level of about 70%.
  • This is followed by purging three times with N 2 , establishment of a supply pressure of about 2 bar of N 2 and an increase in the temperature to 50° C.
  • Propylene oxide (2 eq.) is metered in within 1 h. This is followed by stirring at 50° C.
  • Thermogravimetry was measured from 30° C. to 900° C. with a temperature rise of 20° C./min. under a nitrogen atmosphere at a flow rate of 60 mL/min.
  • the following changes in mass (TG) at 350° C. were determined:
  • the additives are used either as a pure substance (as synthesized in the above preparation examples) or in the form of an additive package.
  • the test was conducted with a Peugeot DW10 engine which is used according to the standard CEC F-98-08 procedure, except modified by more severe conditions in the dirty-up part and a run under full load rather than the CEC F-98-08 procedure.
  • the test consisted of two parts:
  • Power loss in the CU test is calculated as follows (negative number for power loss in the CU test means performance increase)
  • the compounds described in accordance with the invention are effective against the formation of deposits in direct injection engines such as Peugeot DW10, when tested in accordance with CEC F-98-08, and are capable of removing the deposits formed at an earlier stage.
  • test was conducted according to the standard procedure CEC F-023-01 with a Peugeot engine XUD9 with diesel base fuel according to EN590 B7, without performance additives.
  • the compounds described by the invention are effective against the formation of deposits in indirect injection engines such as Peugeot XUD9, when tested in accordance with CEC F-023-01, and are capable of removing the deposits formed at an earlier stage.
  • test was conducted according to the DIN EN 116 standard method for determining the cold flow characteristics (cold flow filter plugging point, CFPP) with winter diesel base fuel according to EN590 B7, without performance additives.
  • CFPP cold flow filter plugging point
  • the compounds described in this invention do not cause a deterioration in the cold flow properties nor any deterioration in the CFPP measured according to the EN116 standard.
  • the test was conducted in accordance with standard DGMK 531 1-A with base fuel according to EN590 B7 without performance additives and Wintershall Multi-Rekord Top 15W-40 motor oil.
  • the product to be tested was mixed with motor oil and heated to 90° C. for 3 days. This was followed by cooling and dilution with diesel fuel to a volume of 500 ml. Then the mixture was filtered through a filter described in the method. A filtration time exceeding 120 seconds was regarded as a fail.
  • the compounds described by the invention do not cause any deterioration in motor oil compatibility measured by the DGMK 531 1-A standard and do not lead to any deterioration in motor oil properties.
  • test was conducted according to standard ASTM D665 B (modified) with water (synthetic seawater) in a mixture with diesel base fuel according to EN590 B7, without performance additives.
  • the compounds described by the invention show very significant anticorrosive action, as shown by ASTM D 665 B (using synthetic seawater).
  • the test was conducted with a Peugeot DW10 engine, by the standard 44-hour CEC F-98-08 procedure.
  • a base fuel according to EN590 B7 was used, without performance additives. Fuels both with and without additions were examined. The results are compiled in the table below.
  • the compounds described in this invention are effective against the formation of deposits in direct injection engines such as the Peugeot DW10 as used in the test procedure according to CEC F-98-08 and are capable of removing deposits formed beforehand.
  • the test was conducted to the standard DIN ISO 12156-1 test for determination of the lubricity of diesel fuels.
  • the fuel was tested with and without additions. In the measurement, abrasion was determined. The higher the abrasion, the poorer the lubricity properties of the fuel. Coryton B0 fuel having low lubricity was used in this test.
  • the compounds described in accordance with the invention can improve lubricity of diesel fuels and prevent malfunction of fuel pumps as measured in the DIN ISO 12156-1 test.
  • the IDID engine test in which the exhaust gas temperatures in the cylinders at the cylinder outlet were determined on cold starting of the DW10 engine.
  • the fuel used was a commercial B7 diesel fuel according to EN 590.
  • 1 mg/L of Na in the form of sodium naphthenate and 20 mg/L of dodecenylsuccinic acid were added in each case.
  • the engine power is measured during the test.
  • the test was conducted without addition of compounds according to this invention.
  • the test was shortened to 8 hours; the CEC F-98-08 method was conducted without addition of Zn, but with addition of sodium naphthenate and dodecylsuccinic acid (DDS). If significant deviations in exhaust gas temperatures were observed, the test was stopped before the 8-hour mark was reached, in order to avoid engine damage.
  • the engine was left to cool and then restarted and operated in idling mode for 5 minutes. During these 5 minutes, the engine was warmed up. The exhaust gas temperature of each cylinder was recorded. The smaller the differences between the exhaust gas temperatures found, the smaller the amount of IDIDs formed.
  • the test was shortened to 8 hours; the CEC F-98-08 method was conducted without addition of Zn. However, 1 mg/L of Na in the form of sodium naphthenate and 20 mg/L of dodecenylsuccinic acid, and also an inventive compound, were added in each case, and the engine power was determined.
  • the compounds described by the invention are very effective against the formation of IDIDs in direct injection engines, as can be seen by the example of the Peugeot DW10, which is used in the test in a similar manner to the CEC F-98-08 procedure, but in the presence of 1 mg/L of Na in the form of sodium naphthenate and 20 mg/L of dodecenylsuccinic acid.
  • Power loss in the CU test is calculated as follows (negative number for power loss in the CU test means performance increase):
  • the compounds described in this invention are effective against the formation of deposits which are caused by metals other than Zn, such as Na, K, Ca, as shown by the above Na power loss test.
  • the FR value is a parameter detected by the engine management system, which correlates with the duration of the injection operation of the fuel into the combustion chamber. The more marked the formation of deposits in the injector nozzles, the longer the injection time and the higher the FR value. Conversely, the FR value remains constant or has a slightly decreasing tendency when the injector nozzles remain free of deposits. 2) Change in the FR value in % compared to the FR value at the start of the test (the greater the positive values, the more deposits are formed in the injector and the greater the contamination of the injector)

Abstract

The invention relates to the use of quaternized nitrogen compounds as a fuel and lubricant additive or kerosene additive, such as in particular as a detergent additive, for decreasing or preventing deposits in the injection systems of direct-injection diesel engines, in particular in common rail injection systems, for decreasing the fuel consumption of direct-injection diesel engines, in particular of diesel engines having common rail injection systems, and for minimizing the power loss in direct-injection diesel engines, in particular in diesel engines having common rail injection systems; the invention further relates to the use as an additive for petrol, in particular for operation of DISI engines.

Description

  • The present invention relates to the use of nitrogen compounds quaternized in a specific manner as a fuel additive and lubricant additive or kerosene additive, such as, more particularly, as a detergent additive; for reducing the level of or preventing deposits in the injection systems of direct injection diesel engines, especially in common rail injection systems, for reducing the fuel consumption of direct injection diesel engines, especially of diesel engines with common rail injection systems, and for minimizing power loss in direct injection diesel engines, especially in diesel engines with common rail injection systems; and as an additive for gasoline fuels, especially for operation of DISI engines.
  • STATE OF THE ART
  • In direct injection diesel engines, the fuel is injected and distributed ultrafinely (nebulized) by a multihole injection nozzle which reaches directly into the combustion chamber of the engine, instead of being introduced into a prechamber or swirl chamber as in the case of the conventional (chamber) diesel engine. The advantage of direct injection diesel engines lies in their high performance for diesel engines and nevertheless low fuel consumption. Moreover, these engines achieve a very high torque even at low speeds.
  • At present, essentially three methods are being used for injection of the fuel directly into the combustion chamber of the diesel engine: the conventional distributor injection pump, the pump-nozzle system (unit-injector system or unit-pump system), and the common rail system.
  • In the common rail system, the diesel fuel is conveyed by a pump with pressures up to 2000 bar into a high-pressure line, the common rail. Proceeding from the common rail, branch lines run to the different injectors which inject the fuel directly into the combustion chamber. The full pressure is always applied to the common rail, which enables multiple injection or a specific injection form. In the other injection systems, in contrast, only a smaller variation in the injection is possible. Injection in the common rail is divided essentially into three groups: (1.) pre-injection, by which essentially softer combustion is achieved, such that harsh combustion noises (“nailing”) are reduced and the engine seems to run quietly; (2.) main injection, which is responsible especially for a good torque profile; and (3.) post-injection, which especially ensures a low NOx value. In this post-injection, the fuel is generally not combusted, but instead vaporized by residual heat in the cylinder. The exhaust gas/fuel mixture formed is transported to the exhaust gas system, where the fuel, in the presence of suitable catalysts, acts as a reducing agent for the nitrogen oxides NOx.
  • The variable, cylinder-individual injection in the common rail injection system can positively influence the pollutant emission of the engine, for example the emission of nitrogen oxides (NOx), carbon monoxide (CO) and especially of particulates (soot). This makes it possible, for example, for engines equipped with common rail injection systems to meet the Euro 4 standard theoretically even without additional particulate filters.
  • In modern common rail diesel engines, under particular conditions, for example when biodiesel-containing fuels or fuels with metal impurities such as zinc compounds, copper compounds, lead compounds and other metal compounds are used, deposits can form on the injector orifices, which adversely affect the injection performance of the fuel and hence impair the performance of the engine, i.e. especially reduce the power, but in some cases also worsen the combustion. The formation of deposits is enhanced further by further developments in the injector construction, especially by the change in the geometry of the nozzles (narrower, conical orifices with rounded outlet). For lasting optimal functioning of engine and injectors, such deposits in the nozzle orifices must be prevented or reduced by suitable fuel additives.
  • In the injection systems of modern diesel engines, deposits cause significant performance problems. It is common knowledge that such deposits in the spray channels can lead to a decrease in the fuel flow and hence to power loss. Deposits at the injector tip, in contrast, impair the optimal formation of fuel spray mist and, as a result, cause worsened combustion and associated higher emissions and increased fuel consumption. In contrast to these conventional “external” deposition phenomena, “internal” deposits (referred to collectively as internal diesel injector deposits (IDID)) in particular parts of the injectors, such as at the nozzle needle, at the control piston, at the valve piston, at the valve seat, in the control unit and in the guides of these components, also increasingly cause performance problems. Conventional additives exhibit inadequate action against these IDIDs.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,248,719 describes quaternized ammonium salts which are prepared by reacting an alkenylsuccinimide with a monocarboxylic ester and find use as dispersants in lubricant oils for prevention of sludge formation. More particularly, for example, the reaction of polyisobutylsuccinic anhydride (PIBSA) with N,N-dimethylaminopropylamine (DMAPA) and quaternization with methyl salicylate is described. However, use in fuels, more particularly diesel fuels, is not proposed therein. The use of PIBSA with low bismaleation levels of <20% is not described therein.
  • U.S. Pat. No. 4,171,959 describes quaternized ammonium salts of hydrocarbyl-substituted succinimides, which are suitable as detergent additives for gasoline fuel compositions. Quaternization is preferably accomplished using alkyl halides. Also mentioned are organic C2-C8-hydrocarbyl carboxylates and sulfonates. Consequently, the quaternized ammonium salts provided according to the teaching therein have, as a counterion, either a halide or a C2-C8-hydrocarbyl carboxylate or a C2-C8-hydrocarbyl sulfonate group. The use of PIBSA with low bismaleation levels of <20% is likewise not described therein.
  • EP-A-2 033 945 discloses cold flow improvers which are prepared by quaternizing specific tertiary monoamines bearing at least one C8-C40-alkyl radical with a C1-C4-alkyl ester of specific carboxylic acids. Examples of such carboxylic esters are dimethyl oxalate, dimethyl maleate, dimethyl phthalate and dimethyl fumarate. Uses other than that for improvement of the CFPP value of middle distillates are not demonstrated in EP-A-2 033 945.
  • WO 2006/135881 describes quaternized ammonium salts prepared by condensation of a hydrocarbyl-substituted acylating agent and of an oxygen or nitrogen atom-containing compound with a tertiary amino group, and subsequent quaternization by means of hydrocarbyl epoxide in combination with stoichiometric amounts of an acid such as, more particularly, acetic acid. Further quaternizing agents claimed in WO 2006/135881 are dialkyl sulfates, benzyl halides and hydrocarbyl-substituted carbonates, and dimethyl sulfate, benzyl chloride and dimethyl carbonate have been studied experimentally.
  • The quaternizing agents used with preference in WO 2006/135881, however, have serious disadvantages such as: toxicity or carcinogenicity (for example in the case of dimethyl sulfate and benzyl halides), no residue-free combustion (for example in the case of dimethyl sulfate and alkyl halides), and inadequate reactivity which leads to incomplete quaternization or uneconomic reaction conditions (long reaction times, high reaction temperatures, excess of quaternizing agent; for example in the case of dimethyl carbonate).
  • EP-A-2 033 945 describes the preparation of halogen- and sulfur-free quaternary ammonium salts of organic carboxylic acids (for example oxalic acid, phthalic acid, salicylic acid, malonic acid and maleic acid, and the alkyl esters thereof) and the use thereof for improvement of the CFPP value of diesel fuels.
  • Quaternary ammonium salts of alpha-hydroxycarboxylic acids are proposed in EP-A-1 254 889 as cleaning agents for electronic components.
  • In addition, Japanese patent application, application number 61-012197, describes the use of quaternary ammonium salts of organic carboxylic acids as surfactants or raw materials for medicaments or cosmetics.
  • It was therefore an object of the present invention to provide further fuel additives which prevent deposits in the injector tip and internal injector deposits in the course of operation of common rail diesel engines.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • It has now been found that, surprisingly, the above object is achieved by providing quaternized nitrogen compounds, for example hydrocarbylamine compounds, and fuel and lubricant compositions additized therewith.
  • Surprisingly, the inventive additives, as illustrated more particularly by the appended use examples, are surprisingly effective in common rail diesel engines and are notable for their particular suitability as an additive for reducing power loss resulting from external deposits and cold start problems resulting from internal deposits.
  • DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES
  • FIG. 1 shows the running of a one-hour engine test cycle according to CEC F-098-08.
  • FIG. 2A to D shows photographs of injectors of a DISI gasoline engine operated with fuel either in unadditized form (A) or additized with various additives of the invention (B, C, D).
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION A1) Specific Embodiments
  • The present invention relates especially to the following specific embodiments:
    • 1. A fuel composition or lubricant composition comprising, in a majority of a customary fuel or lubricant, a proportion, especially an effective amount, of at least one reaction product comprising a quaternized nitrogen compound, or a fraction thereof which comprises a quaternized nitrogen compound and is obtained from the reaction product by purification, said reaction product being obtainable by
      • reacting a quaternizable nitrogen compound, for example a quaternizable alkylamine comprising at least one quaternizable, especially tertiary, amino group, with a quaternizing agent which converts the at least one quaternizable, especially tertiary, amino group to a quaternary ammonium group,
      • the quaternizing agent being a hydrocarbyl epoxide in combination with a free hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid.
    • 2. The fuel composition or lubricant composition according to embodiment 1, wherein the quaternizable nitrogen compound is selected from a) at least one alkylamine comprising at least one compound of the following general formula 3

  • RaRbRcN  (3)
      • in which
      • at least one of the Ra, Rb and Rc radicals, for example one or two, is a straight-chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated C8-C40-hydrocarbyl radical (especially straight-chain or branched C8-C40-alkyl) and the other radicals are identical or different, straight-chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated C1-C6-hydrocarbyl radicals (especially C1-C6-alkyl);
      • b) at least one polyalkene-substituted amine comprising at least one quaternizable, especially tertiary, amino group;
      • c) at least one polyether-substituted amine comprising at least one quaternizable, especially tertiary, amino group; and
      • d) at least one reaction product of a hydrocarbyl-substituted acylating agent and a compound comprising a nitrogen or oxygen atom and additionally comprising at least one quaternizable, especially tertiary, amino group; and
      • e) mixtures thereof;
      • or
    • 2a. The fuel composition or lubricant composition according to embodiment 1, wherein the quaternizable nitrogen compound is, for example, an alkylamine comprising at least one compound of the following general formula 3

  • RaRbRcN  (3)
      • in which all the Ra, Rb and Rc radicals are identical or different, straight-chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated C8-C40-hydrocarbyl radicals, especially straight-chain or branched C8-C40-alkyl radicals.
    • 3. The fuel composition or lubricant composition according to either of embodiments 1 and 2, wherein the quaternizing agent comprises an epoxide of the general formula 4
  • Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00001
      • where
      • the Rd radicals present therein are the same or different and are each H or a hydrocarbyl radical, the hydrocarbyl radical being an aliphatic or aromatic radical having at least 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
    • 4. The fuel composition or lubricant composition according to any of embodiments 1 to 3, wherein the free acid of the quaternizing agent is a hydrocarbyl-substituted C3-C28-dicarboxylic acid.
    • 5. The fuel composition or lubricant composition according to any of embodiments 1 to 4, wherein the hydrocarbyl substituent of the carboxylic acid is a polyalkylene radical having a degree of polymerization of 2 to 100, or 3 to 50 or 4 to 25.
    • 6. The fuel composition or lubricant composition according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the quaternizable tertiary amine is a compound of the formula 3 in which at least two of the Ra, Rb and Rc radicals are the same or different and are each a straight-chain or branched C10-C20-alkyl radical and the other radical is C1-C4-alkyl.
    • 7. The fuel composition or lubricant composition according to any of the preceding embodiments, wherein the quaternizing agent is selected from lower alkylene oxides in combination with a hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid.
    • 8. The fuel composition or lubricant composition according to any of the preceding embodiments, selected from diesel fuels, biodiesel fuels, gasoline fuels, and alkanol-containing gasoline fuels, such as bioethanol-containing fuels, especially diesel fuels.
    • 9. A quaternized nitrogen compound as defined in any of embodiments 1 to 7.
    • 10. A process for preparing a quaternized nitrogen compound according to embodiment 9,
      • comprising the reaction of a quaternizable alkylamine comprising at least one quaternizable tertiary amino group with a quaternizing agent which converts the at least one tertiary amino group to a quaternary ammonium group,
      • the quaternizing agent being a hydrocarbyl epoxide in combination with a hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid.
    • 11. The use of a quaternized nitrogen compound according to embodiment 9 or prepared according to embodiment 10 as a fuel additive or lubricant additive.
    • 12. The use according to embodiment 11 as an additive for reducing the fuel consumption of direct injection diesel engines, especially of diesel engines with common rail injection systems, and/or for minimizing power loss in direct injection diesel engines, especially in diesel engines with common rail injection systems (for example, determined in a DW10 test based on CEC F-098-08, as described in detail below in the experimental section).
    • 13. The use according to embodiment 11 as a gasoline fuel additive for reducing the level of deposits in the intake system of a gasoline engine, such as, more particularly, DISI and PFI (port fuel injector) engines.
    • 14. The use according to embodiment 10 as a diesel fuel additive for reducing the level of and/or preventing deposits in the injection systems (for example determined in an XUD 9 test according to CEC-F-23-1-01), such as, more particularly, the internal diesel injector deposits (IDID) and/or valve sticking in direct injection diesel engines, especially in common rail injection systems (for example determined in an IDID test procedure, as described in detail below in the experimental section).
    • 15. An additive concentrate comprising, in combination with further diesel fuel additives or gasoline fuel additives or lubricant additives, at least one quaternized nitrogen compound as defined in embodiment 9 or prepared according to embodiment 10.
  • Test methods suitable in each case for testing the above-designated applications are known to those skilled in the art, or are described in the experimental section which follows, to which general reference is hereby explicitly made.
  • A2) General Definitions
  • In the absence of statements to the contrary, the following general conditions apply:
  • “Quaternizable” nitrogen groups or amino groups comprise especially primary, secondary and, in particular, tertiary amino groups.
  • “Hydrocarbyl” should be interpreted broadly and comprises both long-chain and short-chain, straight-chain and branched hydrocarbyl radicals having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, which may optionally additionally comprise heteroatoms, for example O, N, NH, S, in the chain thereof. A specific group of hydrocarbyl radicals comprises both long-chain and short-chain, straight-chain or branched alkyl radicals having 1 to 1000, 3 to 500 4 to 400 carbon atoms.
  • “Long-chain” or “high molecular weight” hydrocarbyl radicals are straight-chain or branched hydrocarbyl radicals and have 7 to 50 or 8 to 50 or 8 to 40 or 10 to 20 carbon atoms, which may optionally additionally comprise heteroatoms, for example O, N, NH, S, in the chain thereof. In addition, the radicals may be mono- or polyunsaturated and have one or more noncumulated, for example 1 to 5, such as 1, 2 or 3, C—C double bonds or C—C triple bonds, especially 1, 2 or 3 double bonds. They may be of natural or synthetic origin.
  • They may also have a number-average molecular weight (Mn) of 85 to 20 000, for example 113 to 10 000, or 200 to 10 000 or 350 to 5000, for example 350 to 3000, 500 to 2500, 700 to 2500, or 800 to 1500. In that case, they are more particularly formed essentially from C2-6, especially C2-4, monomer units such as ethylene, propylene, n- or isobutylene or mixtures thereof, where the different monomers may be copolymerized in random distribution or as blocks. Such long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals are also referred to as polyalkylene radicals or poly-C2-6- or poly-C2-4-alkylene radicals. Suitable long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals and the preparation thereof are also described, for example, in WO 2006/135881 and the literature cited therein.
  • Examples of particularly useful polyalkylene radicals are polyisobutenyl radicals derived from what are called “high-reactivity” polyisobutenes which feature a high content of terminal double bonds. Terminal double bonds are alpha-olefinic double bonds of the type
  • Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00002
  • which are also referred to collectively as vinylidene double bonds. Suitable high-reactivity polyisobutenes are, for example, polyisobutenes which have a proportion of vinylidene double bonds of greater than 70 mol %, especially greater than 80 mol % or greater than 85 mol %. Preference is given especially to polyisobutenes which have homogeneous polymer skeletons. Homogeneous polymer skeletons are possessed especially by those polyisobutenes formed from isobutene units to an extent of at least 85% by weight, preferably to an extent of at least 90% by weight and more preferably to an extent of at least 95% by weight. Such high-reactivity polyisobutenes preferably have a number-average molecular weight within the abovementioned range. In addition, the high-reactivity polyisobutenes may have a polydispersity in the range from 1.05 to 7, especially of about 1.1 to 2.5, for example of less than 1.9 or less than 1.5. Polydispersity is understood to mean the quotient of weight-average molecular weight Mw divided by the number-average molecular weight Mn.
  • Particularly suitable high-reactivity polyisobutenes are, for example, the Glissopal brands from BASF SE, especially Glissopal® 1000 (Mn=1000), Glissopal® V 33 (Mn=550) and Glissopal® 2300 (Mn=2300), and mixtures thereof. Other number-average molecular weights can be established in a manner known in principle by mixing polyisobutenes of different number-average molecular weights or by extractive enrichment of polyisobutenes of particular molecular weight ranges.
  • A specific group of long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals comprises straight-chain or branched alkyl radicals (“long-chain alkyl radicals”) having 8 to 50, for example 8 to 40 or 8 to 30 or 10 to 20, carbon atoms.
  • A further group of specific long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals comprises polyalkylene radicals which are formed essentially from C2-6, especially C2-4, monomer units, such as ethylene, propylene, n- or isobutylene or mixtures thereof and have a degree of polymerization of 2 to 100, or 3 to 50 or 4 to 25.
  • “Short-chain hydrocarbyl” or “low molecular weight hydrocarbyl” is especially straight-chain or branched alkyl or alkenyl, optionally interrupted by one or more, for example 2, 3 or 4, heteroatom groups such as —O— or —NH—, or optionally mono- or polysubstituted, for example di-, tri- or tetrasubstituted.
  • “Hydrocarbylene” represents straight-chain or singly or multiply branched bridge groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, optionally interrupted by one or more, for example 2, 3 or 4, heteroatom groups such as —O— or —NH—, or optionally mono- or polysubstituted, for example di-, tri- or tetrasubstituted.
  • “Hydroxyalkyl” represents, in particular, the mono- or polyhydroxylated, for example the monohydroxylated, analogs of the above alkyl radicals, for example the linear hydroxyalkyl groups, for example those having a primary (terminal) hydroxyl group, such as hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, or those having nonterminal hydroxyl groups, such as 1-hydroxyethyl, 1- or 2-hydroxypropyl, 1- or 2-hydroxybutyl or 1-, 2- or 3-hydroxybutyl.
  • “Alkyl” or “lower alkyl” represents especially saturated, straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon radicals having 1 to 4, 1 to 5, 1 to 6, or 1 to 7, carbon atoms, for example methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl, n-butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl, n-pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, n-hexyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 1-methylpentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 4-methylpentyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 1,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,3-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 1-ethylbutyl, 2-ethylbutyl, 1,1,2-trimethylpropyl, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl, 1-ethyl-1-methylpropyl and 1-ethyl-2-methylpropyl; and also n-heptyl, and the singly or multiply branched analogs thereof.
  • “Long-chain alkyl” represents, for example, saturated straight-chain or branched hydrocarbyl radicals having 8 to 50, for example 8 to 40 or 8 to 30 or 10 to 20, carbon atoms, such as octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, eicosyl, hencosyl, docosyl, tricosyl, tetracosyl, pentacosyl, hexacosyl, heptacosyl, octacosyl, nonacosyl, squalyl, constitutional isomers, especially singly or multiply branched isomers and higher homologs thereof.
  • “Hydroxyalkyl” represents, in particular, the mono- or polyhydroxylated, for example the monohydroxylated, analogs of the above alkyl radicals, for example the linear hydroxyalkyl groups, for example those having a primary (terminal) hydroxyl group, such as hydroxymethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 4-hydroxybutyl, or those having nonterminal hydroxyl groups, such as 1-hydroxyethyl, 1- or 2-hydroxypropyl, 1- or 2-hydroxybutyl or 1-, 2- or 3-hydroxybutyl.
  • “Alkenyl” represents mono- or polyunsaturated, especially monounsaturated, straight-chain or branched hydrocarbyl radicals having 2 to 4, 2 to 6, or 2 to 7 carbon atoms and one double bond in any position, e.g. C2-C6-alkenyl such as ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-methylethenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-methyl-1-propenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-methyl-2-propenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1-methyl-1-butenyl, 2-methyl-1-butenyl, 3-methyl-1-butenyl, 1-methyl-2-butenyl, 2-methyl-2-butenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-methyl-3-butenyl, 2-methyl-3-butenyl, 3-methyl-3-butenyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-propenyl, 1,2-dimethyl-1-propenyl, 1,2-dimethyl-2-propenyl, 1-ethyl-1-propenyl, 1-ethyl-2-propenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 1-methyl-1-pentenyl, 2-methyl-1-pentenyl, 3-methyl-1-pentenyl, 4-methyl-1-pentenyl, 1-methyl-2-pentenyl, 2-methyl-2-pentenyl, 3-methyl-2-pentenyl, 4-methyl-2-pentenyl, 1-methyl-3-pentenyl, 2-methyl-3-pentenyl, 3-methyl-3-pentenyl, 4-methyl-3-pentenyl, 1-methyl-4-pentenyl, 2-methyl-4-pentenyl, 3-methyl-4-pentenyl, 4-methyl-4-pentenyl, 1,1-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1,1-dimethyl-3-butenyl, 1,2-dimethyl-1-butenyl, 1,2-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1,2-dimethyl-3-butenyl, 1,3-dimethyl-1-butenyl, 1,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1,3-dimethyl-3-butenyl, 2,2-dimethyl-3-butenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-1-butenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 2,3-dimethyl-3-butenyl, 3,3-dimethyl-1-butenyl, 3,3-dimethyl-2-butenyl, 1-ethyl-1-butenyl, 1-ethyl-2-butenyl, 1-ethyl-3-butenyl, 2-ethyl-1-butenyl, 2-ethyl-2-butenyl, 2-ethyl-3-butenyl, 1,1,2-trimethyl-2-propenyl, 1-ethyl-1-methyl-2-propenyl, 1-ethyl-2-methyl-1-propenyl and 1-ethyl-2-methyl-2-propenyl.
  • “Hydroxyalkenyl” represents, in particular, the mono- or polyhydroxylated, especially monohydroxylated, analogs of the above alkenyl radicals.
  • “Aminoalkyl” and “aminoalkenyl” represent, in particular, the mono- or polyaminated, especially monoaminated, analogs of the above alkyl and alkenyl radicals respectively, or analogs of the above hydroxyalkyl where the OH group has been replaced by an amino group.
  • “Alkylene” represents straight-chain or singly or multiply branched hydrocarbyl bridging groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, for example C1-C7-alkylene groups selected from —CH2—, —(CH2)2—, —(CH2)3—, —(CH2)4—, —(CH2)2—CH(CH3)—, —CH2—CH(CH3)—CH2—, (CH2)4—, —(CH2)5—, —(CH2)6, —(CH2)7—, —CH(CH3)—CH2—CH2—CH(CH3)— or —CH(CH3)—CH2—CH2—CH2—CH(CH3)—, or C1-C4-alkylene groups selected from —CH2—, —(CH2)2—, —(CH2)3—, —(CH2)4—, —(CH2)2—CH(CH3)—, —CH2—CH(CH3)—CH2
  • or C2-C6-alkylene groups, for example
    —CH2—CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)—CH2—, —CH(CH3)—CH(CH3)—, —C(CH3)2—CH2—, —CH2—C(CH3)2—, —C(CH3)2—CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)—C(CH3)2—, —CH2—CH(Et)-, —CH(CH2CH3)—CH2—, —CH(CH2CH3)—CH(CH2CH3)—, —C(CH2CH3)2—CH2—, —CH2—C(CH2CH3)2—, —CH2—CH(n-propyl)-, —CH(n-propyl)-CH2—, —CH(n-propyl)-CH(CH3)—, —CH2—CH(n-butyl)-, —CH(n-butyl)-CH2—, —CH(CH3)—CH(CH2CH3)—, —CH(CH3)—CH(n-propyl)-, —CH(CH2CH3)—CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)—CH(CH2CH3)—, or C2-C4-alkylene groups, for example selected from —(CH2)2—, —CH2—CH(CH3)—, —CH(CH3)—CH2—, —CH(CH3)—CH(CH3)—, —C(CH3)2—CH2—, —CH2—C(CH3)2—, —CH2—CH(CH2CH3)—, —CH(CH2CH3)—CH2—.
  • “Oxyalkylene radicals” correspond to the definition of the above straight-chain or singly or multiply branched alkylene radicals having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, where the carbon chain is interrupted once or more than once, especially once, by an oxygen heteroatom. Nonlimiting examples include: —CH2—O—CH2—, —(CH2)2—O—(CH2)2—, —(CH2)3—O—(CH2)3—, or —CH2—O—(CH2)2—, —(CH2)2—O—(CH2)3—, —CH2—O—(CH2)3
  • “Aminoalkylene” corresponds to the definition of the above straight-chain or singly or multiply branched alkylene radicals having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, where the carbon chain is interrupted once or more than once, especially once, by a nitrogen group (especially —NH group). Nonlimiting examples include: —CH2—NH—CH2—, —(CH2)2—NH—(CH2)2—, —(CH2)3—NH—(CH2)3—, or —CH2—NH—(CH2)2—, —(CH2)2—NH—(CH2)3—, —CH2—NH—(CH2)3.
  • “Alkenylene” represents the mono- or polyunsaturated, especially monounsaturated, analogs of the above alkylene groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, especially C2-C7-alkenylenes or C2-C4-alkenylene, such as —CH═CH—, —CH═CH—CH2—, —CH2—CH═CH—, —CH═CH—CH2—CH2—, —CH2—CH═CH—CH2—, —CH2—CH2—CH═CH—, —CH(CH3)—CH═CH—, —CH2—C(CH3)═CH—.
  • “Cycloalkyl” represents carbocyclic radicals having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, for example C3-C12-cycloalkyl such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl and cyclododecyl; preference is given to cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and also cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, or C3-C7-cycloalkyl such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, where the bond to the rest of the molecule may be via any suitable carbon atom.
  • “Cycloalkenyl” or “mono- or polyunsaturated cycloalkyl” represents, in particular, monocyclic, mono- or polyunsaturated hydrocarbyl groups having 5 to 8, preferably up to 6, carbon ring members, for example monounsaturated cyclopenten-1-yl, cyclopenten-3-yl, cyclohexen-1-yl, cyclohexen-3-yl and cyclohexen-4-yl radicals.
  • “Aryl” represents mono- or polycyclic, preferably mono- or bicyclic, optionally substituted aromatic radicals having 6 to 20, for example 6 to 10, ring carbon atoms, for example phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl such as 1- or 2-naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, fluorenyl, indenyl and phenanthrenyl. These aryl radicals may optionally bear 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 identical or different substituents.
  • “Alkylaryl” represents the alkyl-substituted analogs of the above aryl radicals with mono- or polysubstitution, especially mono- or disubstitution, in any ring position, where aryl likewise has the definitions given above, for example C1-C4-alkylphenyl, where the C1-C4-alkyl radicals may be in any ring position.
  • “Substituents” for radicals specified herein are especially, unless stated otherwise, selected from keto groups, —COOH, —COO-alkyl, —OH, —SH, —CN, amino, —NO2, alkyl, or alkenyl groups.
  • “Mn” represents the number-average molecular weight and is determined in a conventional manner; more particularly, such figures relate to Mn values determined by relative methods, such as gel permeation chromatography with THF as the eluent and polystyrene standards, or absolute methods, such as vapor phase osmometry using toluene as the solvent.
  • “Mw” represents the weight-average molecular weight and is determined in a conventional manner; more particularly, such figures relate to Mw values determined by relative methods, such as gel permeation chromatography with THF as the eluent and polystyrene standards, or absolute methods, such as light scattering.
  • The “degree of polymerization” usually refers to the numerical mean degree of polymerization (determination method: gel permeation chromatography with THF as the eluent and polystyrene standards; or GC-MS coupling).
  • A3) Quaternizable Nitrogen Compounds
  • Quaternizable nitrogen compounds are especially:
  • A3.1) Tertiary Amines
  • Tertiary amines are especially compounds of the above formula (3) and are compounds known per se, as described, for example, in EP-A-2 033 945.
  • The tertiary amine reactant (3) preferably bears a segment of the formula NRaRb where one of the radicals has an alkyl group having 8 to 40 carbon atoms and the other an alkyl group having up to 40 and more preferably 8 to 40 carbon atoms. The Rc radical is especially a short-chain C1-C6-alkyl radical, such as a methyl, ethyl or propyl group. Ra and Rb may be straight-chain or branched, and/or may be the same or different. For example, Ra and Rb may be a straight-chain C12-C24-alkyl group. Alternatively, only one of the two radicals may be long-chain (for example having 8 to 40 carbon atoms), and the other may be a methyl, ethyl or propyl group.
  • Appropriately, the NRaRb segment is derived from a secondary amine, such as dioctadecylamine, dicocoamine, hydrogenated ditallowamine and methylbehenylamine. Amine mixtures as obtainable from natural materials are likewise suitable. One example is a secondary hydrogenated tallowamine where the alkyl groups are derived from hydrogenated tallow fat, and contain about 4% by weight of C14, 31% by weight of C16 and 59% by weight of C18-alkyl groups. Corresponding tertiary amines of the formula (3) are sold, for example, by Akzo Nobel under the Armeen® M2HT or Armeen® M2C name.
  • However, the tertiary amine adduct (3) may also be one where the Ra, Rb and Rc radicals have identical or different long-chain alkyl radicals, especially straight-chain or branched alkyl groups having 8 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • However, the tertiary amine adduct (3) may also be one where the Ra, Rb and Rc radicals have identical or different short-chain alkyl radicals, especially straight-chain or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 7 or especially 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Further nonlimiting examples of suitable amines are:
  • N,N-dimethyl-N-(2-ethylhexyl)amine, N,N-dimethyl-N-(2-propylheptyl)amine, dodecyl-dimethylamine, hexadecyldimethylamine, oleyldimethylamine, stearyldimethylamine, heptadecyldimethylamine, cocoyldimethylamine, dicocoylmethylamine, tallowdimethylamine, ditallowmethylamine, tridodecylamine, trihexadecylamine, trioctadecylamine, soyadimethylamine, tris(2-ethylhexyl)amine, and Alamine 336 (tri-n-octylamine).
  • Nonlimiting examples of short-chain tertiary amines are: trimethylamine, triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, tri-n-butylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, tri-n-hexylamine, tri-n-heptylamine, ethyldimethylamine, dimethylethylamine, n-propyldimethylamine, isopropyldimethylamine, n-propyldiethylamine, isopropyldiethylamine, n-butyldimethylamine, n-butyldiethylamine, n-butyldipropylamine.
  • Short-chain triamines are also appropriate especially when the quaternizing agent (see below) bears one or more alkyl radicals Rd having more than one carbon atom or one or more aromatic radicals Rd.
  • A3.2) Quaternizable, Polyether-Substituted Amine Comprising at Least One Quaternizable, Especially Tertiary, Amino Group
  • Compounds of this kind are described, for example, in the applicant's WO2013/064689, which is hereby explicitly incorporated by reference.
  • Substituted amines of this kind especially have at least one, especially one, polyether substituent having monomer units of the general formula Ic

  • —[—CH(R3)—CH(R4)—O—]—  (Ic)
  • in which
    R3 and R4 are the same or different and are each H, alkyl, alkylaryl or aryl.
  • The polyether-substituted amine may have a number-average molecular weight in the range from 500 to 5000, especially 800 to 3000 or 900 to 1500.
  • The quaternizable, polyether-substituted amines are especially nitrogen compounds of the general formula Ia-1 or Ib-2

  • (R1)(R2)N-A-OCH(R3)—CH(R4)—OnH  (Ia-1)

  • R6—OCH(R3)—CH(R4)—On-1CH(R3)—CH(R4)—N(R1)(R2)  (Ib-2)
  • in which
    R1 and R2 are the same or different and are each alkyl, alkenyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkenyl, aminoalkyl or aminoalkenyl, or R1 and R2 together are alkylene, oxyalkylene or aminoalkylene;
    R3 and R4 are the same or different and are each H, alkyl, alkylaryl or aryl;
    R6 is alkyl, alkenyl, optionally mono- or polyunsaturated cycloalkyl, aryl, in each case optionally substituted, for example by at least one hydroxyl radical or alkyl radical, or interrupted by at least one heteroatom;
    A is a straight-chain or branched alkylene radical optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms such as N, O and S; and
    n is an integer value from 1 to 50.
  • Particular mention should be made of those nitrogen compounds of the formulae Ia-1 and Ib-2 in which
  • R1 and R2 are the same or different and are each C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-C6-alkenyl, or amino-C1-C6-alkyl, or R1 and R2 together form a C2-C6-alkylene, C2-C6-oxyalkylene or C2-C6-aminoalkylene radical;
    R3 and R4 are the same or different and are each H, C1-C6-alkyl or phenyl;
    R6 is C1-C20-alkyl, for example C10-C20-, C11-C20- or C12-C20-alkyl or aryl or alkylaryl, where alkyl is especially for C1-C20—;
    A is a straight-chain or branched C2-C6-alkylene radical optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms such as N, O and S; and
    n is an integer value from 1 to 30.
  • Particular mention should additionally be made of reaction products of N,N-dimethylethanolamine and propylene oxide, as described in Synthesis example 1 of WO 2013/064689. This reaction can also be performed without catalysis or with an amine (for example imidazole) as a catalyst, as described, for example, in M. Ionescu, Chemistry and Technology of Polyols for Polyurethanes, 2005, ISBN 978-85957-501-7.
  • Nitrogen compounds of the general formula Ia-1 are preparable by alkoxylating an aminoalkanol of the general formula II

  • (R1)(R2)N-A-OH  (II)
  • in which
    R1, R2 and A are each as defined above
    with an epoxide of the general formula III
  • Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00003
  • in which
    R3 and R4 are each as defined above
    to obtain an alkoxylated amine of the formula

  • (R1)(R2)N-A-OCH(R3)—CH(R4)—OnH  (Ia-1)
  • in which R1 to R4, A and n are each as defined above.
  • Nitrogen compounds of the general formula Ia-2 are preparable by
  • alkoxylating
    an alcohol of the general formula V

  • R6—OH  (V)
  • in which
    R6 is as defined above with an epoxide of the general formula III
  • Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00004
  • in which
    R3 and R4 are each as defined above to obtain a polyether of the formula Ib-1;

  • R6—OCH(R3)—CH(R4)—On-1CH(R3)—CH(R4)OH  (Ib-1)
  • in which R3, R4 and R6, A and n are each as defined above
    and
    b) then aminating the polyether of the formula Ib-1 thus obtained with an amine of the general formula

  • NH(R1)(R2)  (VII)
  • in which R1 and R2 are each as defined above
    to obtain an amine of the formula Ib-2.
  • Starting compounds for preparation of the above polyether-substituted, quaternizable nitrogen compounds are thus:
  • 1) alcohols,
    for example of the general formula V

  • R6—OH  (V)
  • in which R6 is alkyl, alkenyl, optionally mono- or polyunsaturated cycloalkyl, aryl, in each case optionally substituted, for example by at least one hydroxyl radical or alkyl radical, or interrupted by at least one heteroatom;
    and
    2) amino alkanols,
    for example of the general formula II

  • (R1)(R2)N-A-OH  (II)
  • in which
    R1 and R2 are the same or different and are each alkyl, alkenyl, hydroxyalkyl, hydroxyalkenyl, aminoalkyl or aminoalkenyl, or R1 and R2 together are alkylene, oxyalkylene or aminoalkylene; and
    A is a straight-chain or branched alkylene or alkenylene radical optionally interrupted by one or more heteroatoms such as N, O and S.
  • A further suitable group of quaternizable amino alcohols that should be mentioned is that of compounds selected from hydroxyalkyl-substituted mono- or polyamines having at least one quaternizable, primary, secondary or tertiary amino group and at least one hydroxyl group which can be joined to a polyether radical.
  • The quaternizable nitrogen compound is especially selected from hydroxyalkyl-substituted primary, secondary and especially tertiary monoamines, and hydroxyalkyl-substituted primary, secondary and especially tertiary diamines.
  • Examples of suitable “hydroxyalkyl-substituted mono- or polyamines” are those which have been provided with at least one hydroxyalkyl substituent, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 hydroxyalkyl substituents.
  • Examples of “hydroxyalkyl-substituted monoamines” include: N-hydroxyalkylmonoamines, N,N-dihydroxyalkylmonoamines and N,N,N-trihydroxyalkyl-monoamines, where the hydroxyalkyl groups are the same or different and are also as defined above. Hydroxyalkyl here represents especially 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl or 4-hydroxybutyl.
  • Examples include the following “hydroxyalkyl-substituted polyamines” and especially “hydroxyalkyl-substituted diamines”: (N-hydroxyalkyl)alkylenediamines, N,N-dihydroxyalkyl-alkylenediamines, where the hydroxyalkyl groups are the same or different and are also as defined above. Hydroxyalkyl here represents especially 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl or 4-hydroxybutyl; alkylene here represents especially ethylene, propylene or butylene.
  • Particular mention should be made of the following quaternizable nitrogen compounds:
  • NAME FORMULA
    Alcohols with primary and secondary amine
    ethanolamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00005
    3-hydroxy-1-propylamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00006
    diethanolamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00007
    diisopropanolamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00008
    N-(2-hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00009
    Alcohols with tertiary amine
    triethanolamine, (2,2′,2″-nitrilotriethanol)
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00010
    1-(3-hydroxypropyl)imidazole
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00011
    tris(hydroxymethyl)amine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00012
    3-dimethylamino-1-propanol
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00013
    3-diethylamino-1-propanol
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00014
    2-dimethylamino-1-ethanol
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00015
    4-diethylamino-1-butanol
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00016
  • For preparation of the polyether-substituted quaternizable compounds (Ia-1 and Ib-1), the procedure may be as follows:
  • a1) Proceeding from amino alcohols of the formula II:
  • The amino alcohols of the general formula II can be alkoxylated in a manner known in principle to obtain alkoxylated amines of the general formula Ia-1.
  • The performance of alkoxylation is known in principle to those skilled in the art. The person skilled in the art is likewise aware that the molecular weight distribution of the alkoxylates can be influenced through the reaction conditions, especially the choice of catalyst.
  • For the alkoxylation, C2-C16-alkylene oxides are used, for example ethylene oxide, propylene oxide or butylene oxide. Preference is given to the 1,2-alkylene oxides in each case.
  • The alkoxylation may be a base-catalyzed alkoxylation. For this purpose, the amino alcohols (II) can be admixed in a pressure reactor with alkali metal hydroxides, preferably potassium hydroxide, or with alkali metal alkoxides, for example sodium methoxide. By means of reduced pressure (for example <100 mbar) and/or an increase in temperature (30 to 150° C.), it is possible to draw off water still present in the mixture. Thereafter, the alcohol is present as the corresponding alkoxide. This is followed by inertization with inert gas (e.g. nitrogen) and stepwise addition of the alkylene oxide(s) at temperatures of 60 to 180° C. up to a pressure of max. 10 bar. At the end of the reaction, the catalyst can be neutralized by addition of acid (e.g. acetic acid or phosphoric acid) and can be filtered off if required. The basic catalyst can also be neutralized by addition of commercial magnesium silicates, which are subsequently filtered off. Optionally, the alkoxylation can also be performed in the presence of a solvent. This may be, for example, toluene, xylene, dimethylformamide or ethylene carbonate.
  • The alkoxylation of the amino alcohols can also be undertaken by means of other methods, for example by acid-catalyzed alkoxylation. In addition, it is possible to use, for example, double hydroxide clays as described in DE 43 25 237 A1, or it is possible to use double metal cyanide catalysts (DMC catalysts). Suitable DMC catalysts are disclosed, for example, in DE 102 43 361 A1, especially paragraphs [0029] to [0041] and the literature cited therein. For example, it is possible to use catalysts of the Zn—Co type. For performance of the reaction, the amino alcohol can be admixed with the catalyst, and the mixture can be dewatered as described above and reacted with the alkylene oxides as described. Typically not more than 1000 ppm of catalyst is used, based on the mixture, and the catalyst can remain in the product because of this small amount. The amount of catalyst may generally be less than 1000 ppm, for example 250 ppm or less.
  • The alkoxylation can alternatively also be undertaken by reaction of the compounds (IV) and (V) with cyclic carbonates, for example ethylene carbonate.
  • a2) Proceeding from alkanols of the formula V:
  • As described in the above paragraph a1) for amino alcohols (II), it is analogously also possible to alkoxylate alkanols R6OH in a manner known in principle to polyethers (Ib-1). The polyethers thus obtained can subsequently be converted to the corresponding polyether amines (Ib-2) by reductive amination with ammonia, primary amines or secondary amines (VII) by customary methods, in continuous or batchwise processes using hydrogenation or amination catalysts customary therefor, for example those comprising catalytically active constituents based on the elements Ni, Co, Cu, Fe, Pd, Pt, Ru, Rh, Re, A1, Si, Ti, Zr, Nb, Mg, Zn, Ag, Au, Os, Ir, Cr, Mo, W or combinations of these elements with one another, in customary amounts. The conversion can be performed without solvent or, in the case of high polyether viscosities, in the presence of a solvent, preferably in the presence of branched aliphatics, for example isododecane. The amine component (VII) is generally used here in excess, for example in a 2- to 100-fold excess, preferably a 10- to 80-fold excess. The reaction is conducted at pressures of 10 to 600 bar over a period of 10 minutes to 10 hours. After cooling, the catalyst is removed by filtering, excess amine component (VII) is evaporated and the water of reaction is distilled off azeotropically or under a gentle nitrogen stream.
  • Should the resulting polyether amine (Ib-2) have primary or secondary amine functionalities (R1 and/or R2 is H), it can subsequently be converted to a polyether amine having a tertiary amine function (R1 and R2 not H). The alkylation can be effected in a manner known in principle by reaction with alkylating agents. Any alkylating agents are suitable in principle, for example alkyl halides, alkylaryl halides, dialkyl sulfates, alkylene oxides, optionally in combination with acid; aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic esters, such as dialkyl carboxylates in particular; alkanoates; cyclic nonaromatic or aromatic carboxylic esters; dialkyl carbonates; and mixtures thereof. The conversions to the tertiary polyether amine can also take place through reductive amination by reaction with a carbonyl compound, for example formaldehyde, in the presence of a reducing agent. Suitable reducing agents are formic acid or hydrogen in the presence of a suitable heterogeneous or homogeneous hydrogenation catalyst. The reactions can be performed without solvent or in the presence of solvents.
  • Suitable solvents are, for example, H2O, alkanols such as methanol or ethanol, or 2-ethylhexanol, aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene or solvent mixtures from the Solvesso series, or aliphatic solvents, especially mixtures of branched aliphatic solvents. The reactions are conducted at temperatures of 10° C. to 300° C. at pressures of 1 to 600 bar over a period of 10 minutes to 10 h. The reducing agent is used here at least stoichiometrically, preferably in excess, especially in a 2- to 10-fold excess.
  • The reaction product thus formed (polyether amine Ib-1 or Ib-2) can theoretically be purified further, or the solvent can be removed. Usually, however, this is not absolutely necessary, and so the reaction product can be transferred without further purification to the next synthesis step, the quaternization.
  • A3.3) Polyalkene-Substituted Amines Having at Least One Tertiary, Quaternizable Nitrogen Group
  • Further suitable quaternizable nitrogen compounds are polyalkene-substituted amines having at least one tertiary nitrogen group. This group of compounds is likewise known and is described, for example, in WO 2008/060888 or US 2008/0113890 and the further prior art cited therein, which is hereby explicitly incorporated by reference.
  • Such polyalkene-substituted amines having at least one tertiary amino group are derivable from an olefin polymer and an amine such as ammonia, monoamines, polyamines or mixtures thereof. They can be prepared by a multitude of processes, for example the following processes cited by way of example:
  • A process for preparing a polyalkene-substituted amine comprises the reaction of a halogenated olefin polymer with an amine, as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,275,554, 3,438,757, 3,454,555, 3,565,804, 3,755,433 and 3,822,289.
  • A further process for preparing a polyalkene-substituted amine comprises the reaction of a hydroformylated olefin with a polyamine and hydrogenation of the reaction product, as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,567,845 and 5,496,383.
  • A further process for preparing a polyalkene-substituted amine comprises the conversion of a polyalkene with the aid of a conventional epoxidizing reagent with or without catalyst to the corresponding epoxide and the conversion of the epoxide to the polyalkene-substituted amine by reaction with ammonia or an amine under the conditions of reductive amination, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,350,429.
  • A further process for preparing a polyalkene-substituted amine comprises the hydrogenation of a β-amino nitrile which has been prepared by reaction of an amine with a nitrile, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,492,641.
  • A further process for preparing a polyalkene-substituted amine comprises hydroformylation of a polybutene or polyisobutylene with a catalyst, such as rhodium or cobalt, in the presence of CO and hydrogen at elevated pressures and temperatures, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,832,702.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the polyalkenes used for the preparation are derived from olefin polymers. The olefin polymers may comprise homopolymers and copolymers of polymerizable olefin monomers having 2 to about 16 carbon atoms, 2 to about 6 carbon atoms or 2 to about 4 carbon atoms.
  • Interpolymers are those in which two or more olefin monomers are interpolymerized by known conventional methods, giving polyalkenes having units derived from each of the the two or more olefin monomers within their structure.
  • Thus, “interpolymers” comprise copolymers, terpolymers and tetrapolymers.
  • “Polyalkenes”, from which the polyalkene-substituted amines are derived, are conventionally frequently also referred to as “polyolefins”.
  • The olefin monomers from which the olefin polymers are derived are polymerizable olefin monomers having one or more ethylenically unsaturated groups (i.e. >C═C<). In other words, they are monoolefinic monomers such as ethylene, propylene, 1-butene, isobutene (2-methyl-1-butene), 1-octene, or polyolefinic monomers (usually diolefinic monomers) such as 1,3-butadiene and isoprene.
  • The olefin monomers are usually polymerizable terminal olefins, i.e. olefins having the >C═CH2 group in their structure. However, it is also possible to use polymerizable internal olefin monomers characterized by groups of the formula >C—C═C—C<.
  • Specific examples of terminal and internal olefin monomers which can be used to prepare the polyalkenes by conventional methods are: ethylene, propylene, the butenes (butylene), especially 1-butene, 2-butene and isobutylene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene, 1-heptene, 1-octene, 1-nonene, 1-decene, 2-pentene, propylene tetramer, diisobutylene, isobutylene trimer, 1,2-butadiene, 1,3-butadiene, 1,2-pentadiene, 1,3-pentadiene, 1,4-pentadiene, isoprene, 1,5-hexadiene, 2-methyl-5-propyl-1-hexene, 3-pentene, 4-octene and 3,3-dimethyl-1-pentene.
  • In another embodiment, the olefin polymer is preparable by polymerization of a C4 refinery stream having a butene content of about 35 to about 75 percent by weight and an isobutene content of about 30 to about 60 percent by weight in the presence of a Lewis acid catalyst such as aluminum trichloride or boron trifluoride. These polybutenes typically comprise predominantly (more than about 80% of all the repeat units) repeat isobutene units of the (—CH2—C(CH3)2—) type.
  • In a further embodiment, the polyalkene substituent of the polyalkene-substituted amine is derived from a polyisobutylene.
  • In another embodiment, the amines which can be used to form the polyalkene-substituted amine comprise ammonia, monoamines, polyamines or mixtures thereof, including mixtures of various monoamines, mixtures of various polyamines and mixtures of monoamines and polyamines (the diamines). The amines comprise aliphatic, aromatic, heterocyclic and carbocyclic amines. Monoamines and polyamines are characterized by the presence in their structure of at least one HN< group. The amines may be aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic or heterocyclic.
  • The monoamines are generally substituted by a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms. These hydrocarbyl groups may especially be aliphatic and free of acetylenically unsaturated groups and have 1 to about 30 carbon atoms. Particular mention should be made of saturated aliphatic hydrocarbyl radicals having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • In a further embodiment, the monoamines may have the formula HNR1R2 where R1 is a hydrocarbyl group having up to 30 carbon atoms and R2 is hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl group having up to about 30 carbon atoms. Examples of suitable monoamines are methylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, 2-ethylhexylamine, di(2-ethylhexyl)amine, n-butylamine, di-n-butylamine, allylamine, isobutylamine, cocoamine, stearylamine, laurylamine, methyllaurylamines and oleylamine.
  • Aromatic monoamines are those monoamines in which a carbon atom in the aromatic ring structure is bonded directly to the amine nitrogen atom. The aromatic ring will usually be a monocyclic aromatic ring (i.e. derived from benzene), but may include fused aromatic rings, especially those derived from naphthalene. Examples of aromatic monoamines are aniline, di(para-methylphenyl)amine, naphthylamine, N-(n-butyl)aniline. Examples of aliphatic-substituted, cycloaliphatic-substituted and heterocyclic-substituted aromatic monoamines are: para-dodecylaniline, cyclohexyl-substituted naphthylamine and thienyl-substituted aniline.
  • Hydroxylamines are likewise suitable monoamines. Compounds of this kind are the hydroxyhydrocarbyl-substituted analogs of the aforementioned monoamines.
  • In one embodiment, the hydroxymonoamines of the formula HNR3R4 where R3 is a hydroxyl-substituted alkyl group having up to about 30 carbon atoms, and in one embodiment up to about 10 carbon atoms; and R4 is a hydroxyl-substituted alkyl group having up to about 30 carbon atoms, hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl group having up to about 10 carbon atoms. Examples of hydroxyl-substituted monoamines include: ethanolamine, di-3-propanolamine, 4-hydroxybutylamine, diethanolamine and N-methyl-2-hydroxypropylamine.
  • In another embodiment, the amine of the polyalkene-substituted amines may be a polyamine. The polyamine may be aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, heterocyclic or aromatic. Examples of the polyamines include: alkylenepolyamines, hydroxyl group-comprising polyamines, aryl polyamines and heterocyclic polyamines.
  • The alkylenepolyamines comprise those of the following formula:

  • HN(R5)-(alkylene-N(R5))n—(R5)
  • in which n is in the range from 1 to about 10 and, for example, in the range from 2 to about 7, or from 2 to about 5, and the “alkylene” group has 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, for example 2 to about 6, or 2 to about 4 carbon atoms;
    the R5 radicals are each independently hydrogen, an aliphatic group, a hydroxyl- or amine-substituted aliphatic group of up to about 30 carbon atoms in each case. Typically, R5 is H or lower alkyl (an alkyl group having 1 to about 5 carbon atoms), especially H. Alkylenepolyamines of this kind include: methylenepolyamines, ethylenepolyamines, butylenepolyamines, propylenepolyamines, pentylenepolyamines, hexylenepolyamines and heptylenepolyamines. The higher homologs of such amines and related aminoalkyl-substituted piperazines are likewise included.
  • Specific alkylenepolyamines for preparation of the polyalkene-substituted amines are the following: ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, propylenediamine, 3-dimethylaminopropylamine, trimethylenediamine, hexamethylene-diamine, decamethylenediamine, octamethylenediamine, di(heptamethylene)triamine, tripropylenetetramine, pentaethylenehexamine, di(trimethylenetriamine), N-(2-aminoethyl)piperazine and 1,4-bis(2-aminoethyl)piperazine.
  • Ethylenepolyamines, such as those mentioned above, are particularly suitable for reasons of cost and effectiveness. Polyamines of this kind are described in detail in the chapter “Diamine und höhere Amine” [Diamines and higher amines] in Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, second edition, Kirk-Othmer, volume 7, pages 27-39, Interscience Publishers, division of John Wiley & Sons, 1965. Compounds of this kind are most conveniently prepared by the reaction of an alkylene chloride with ammonia or by reaction of an ethyleneimine with a ring-opening reagent such as ammonia. These reactions lead to preparation of complex mixtures of alkylenepolyamines, including cyclic condensation products such as piperazines.
  • Other suitable types of polyamine mixtures are the products which are formed as residue by stripping the above-described polyamine mixtures and are frequently referred to as “polyamine bottoms”. In general, alkylenepolyamine bottom products those which comprise less than two, usually less than 1%, by weight of material that boils below about 200° C. A typical example of such ethylenepolyamine bottoms is that of the products designated “E-100” from Dow Chemical Company in Freeport, Tex. These alkylenepolyamine bottoms comprise cyclic condensation products such as piperazine and higher analogs of diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramines and the like.
  • Hydroxyl group-comprising polyamines comprise: hydroxyalkylalkylenepolyamines having one or more hydroxyalkyl substituents on the nitrogen atoms. Polyamines of this kind can be prepared by reacting the above-described alkylenepolyamines with one or more alkylene oxides (e.g. ethylene oxide, propylene oxide and butylene oxide). Similar alkylene oxide-alkanolamine reaction products may also, for example, be the products of the reaction of primary, secondary or tertiary alkanolamines with ethylene, propylene or higher epoxides in a molar ratio of 1:1 to 1:2. Reactant ratios and temperatures for performance of such reactions are known to those skilled in the art.
  • In another embodiment, the hydroxyalkyl-substituted alkylenepolyamine may be a compound in which the hydroxyalkyl group is a hydroxy-lower alkyl group, i.e. has fewer than eight carbon atoms. Examples of such hydroxyalkyl-substituted polyamines include N-(2-hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine (also known as 2-(2-aminoethylamino)ethanol), N,N-bis(2-hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine, 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazine, monohydroxypropyl-substituted diethylenetriamine, dihydroxypropyl-substituted tetraethylenepentamine and N-(3-hydroxybutyl)tetramethylenediamine.
  • Aryl polyamines are analogs of the abovementioned aromatic monoamines. Examples of aryl polyamines include: N,N′-di-n-butyl-para-phenylenediamine and bis(para-aminophenyl)methane.
  • Heterocyclic mono- and polyamines may comprise: aziridines, azetidines, azolidines, pyridines, pyrroles, indoles, piperidines, imidazoles, piperazines, isoindoles, purines, morpholines, thiomorpholines, N-aminoalkylmorpholines, N-aminoalkylthiomorpholines, N-aminoalkylpiperazines, N,N′-diaminoalkylpiperazines, azepines, azocines, azonines, azecines and tetra-, di- and perhydro derivatives of each of the above compounds and mixtures of two or more of these heterocyclic amines. Typical heterocyclic amines are saturated 5- and 6-membered heterocyclic amines having only nitrogen, oxygen and/or sulfur in the heterocycle, especially piperidines, piperazines, thiomorpholines, morpholines, pyrrolidines and the like. Piperidine, aminoalkyl-substituted piperidines, piperazine, aminoalkyl-substituted piperazines, morpholine, aminoalkyl-substituted morpholines, pyrrolidine and aminoalkyl-substituted pyrrolidines are particularly preferred. Usually, the aminoalkyl substituents are bonded to a nitrogen atom which is part of the heterocycle.
  • Specific examples of such heterocyclic amines include N-aminopropylmorpholine, N-aminoethylpiperazine and N,N′-diaminoethylpiperazine. Hydroxyheterocyclic polyamines are also suitable. Examples include: N-(2-hydroxyethyl)cyclohexylamine, 3-hydroxycyclopentylamine, para-hydroxyaniline and N-hydroxyethylpiperazine.
  • Examples of polyalkene-substituted amines are as follows: poly(propylene)amine, poly(butene)amine, N,N-dimethylpolyisobutyleneamines; polybutenemorpholines, N,N-poly(butene)ethylenediamine, N-poly(propylene)trimethylenediamine, N-poly(butene), diethylenetriamine, N′,N′-poly(butene)tetraethylenepentamine and N,N-dimethyl-N′-poly(propylene)-1,3-propylenediamine.
  • The number-average molecular weight of such polyalkene-substituted amines is about 500 to about 5000, for example 1000 to about 1500 or about 500 to about 3000.
  • Any of the abovementioned polyalkene-substituted amines which are secondary or primary amines can be alkylated to tertiary amines with alkylating agents which are also known as quaternizing agents, such as dialkyl sulfates, alkyl halides, hydrocarbyl-substituted carbonates; hydrocarbyl epoxides in combination with an acid and mixtures thereof. If particular quaternizing agents, such as alkyl halides or dialkyl sulfates, are used, it may be necessary to provide a base or basic compositions, such as sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide, to give the free tertiary amine form. Primary amines require two equivalents of alkylating agent and two equivalents of base to obtain a tertiary amine. In another embodiment, the alkylation of primary amines can frequently be conducted in four successive steps, first a treatment with the alkylating agent and second treatment with a base and then repetition of the two steps. In another embodiment, the alkylation of a primary amine will be effected in one step, for example using two moles of alkyl halide in the presence of an excess of heterogeneous base, such as sodium carbonate. The polyamine can be exhaustively or partially alkylated in a manner known per se.
  • In another embodiment, the alkylation of primary amines and secondary amines to tertiary amines can be effected with epoxides. Unlike the use of the alkyl halides, no treatment with base is required in the case of use of an epoxide to obtain the free amine. Typically, in the case of alkylation of amines with epoxides, at least one mole of epoxide is used for each hydrogen atom in the amine. In the alkylation to give the tertiary amine with an epoxide, neither additional acid nor base is required.
  • Particular preference is additionally given to polyisobutenedimethylamine obtainable by hydroformylating polyisobutene (Mn 1000) and subsequent reductive amination with dimethylamine; see Example B of WO 2008/060888.
  • A3.4) Reaction Products of a Hydrocarbyl-Substituted Acylating Agent and a Compound Comprising a Nitrogen or Oxygen Atom and Additionally Comprising at Least One Quaternizable Amino Group
  • Compounds of this kind are described, for example, in the applicant's WO2013/000997, which is hereby explicitly incorporated by reference.
  • Suitable hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid compounds, or hydrocarbyl-substituted acylating agents, include:
  • The polycarboxylic acid compounds used are aliphatic di- or polybasic (for example tri- or tetrabasic), especially from di-, tri- or tetracarboxylic acids and analogs thereof, such as anhydrides or lower alkyl esters (partially or completely esterified), and are optionally substituted by one or more (for example 2 or 3), especially one long-chain alkyl radical and/or one high molecular weight hydrocarbyl radical, especially one polyalkylene radical. Examples are C3-C10 polycarboxylic acids, such as the dicarboxylic acids malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid and sebacic acid, and the branched analogs thereof; and the tricarboxylic acid citric acid; and anhydrides or lower alkyl esters thereof of. The polycarboxylic acid compounds can also be obtained from the corresponding monounsaturated acids and addition of at least one long-chain alkyl radical and/or high molecular weight hydrocarbyl radical. Examples of suitable monounsaturated acids are fumaric acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid.
  • The hydrophobic “long-chain” or “high molecular weight” hydrocarbyl radical which ensures sufficient solubility of the quaternized product in the fuel has a number-average molecular weight (Mn) of 85 to 20 000, for example 113 to 10 000, or 200 to 10 000 or 350 to 5000, for example 350 to 3000, 500 to 2500, 700 to 2500, or 800 to 1500. Typical hydrophobic hydrocarbyl radicals include polypropenyl, polybutenyl and polyisobutenyl radicals, for example with a number-average molecular weight Mn of 3500 to 5000, 350 to 3000, 500 to 2500, 700 to 2500 and 800 to 1500.
  • Suitable hydrocarbyl-substituted compounds are described, for example, in DE 43 19 672 and WO2008/138836.
  • Suitable hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid compounds also comprise polymeric, especially dimeric, forms of such hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid compounds. Dimeric forms comprise, for example, two acid anhydride groups which can be reacted independently with the quaternizable nitrogen compound in the preparation process according to the invention.
  • The quaternizable nitrogen compounds reactive with the above polycarboxylic acid compound are selected from
    • a. hydroxyalkyl-substituted mono- or polyamines having at least one quaternized (e.g. choline) or quaternizable primary, secondary or tertiary amino group;
    • b. straight-chain or branched, cyclic, heterocyclic, aromatic or nonaromatic polyamines having at least one primary or secondary (anhydride-reactive) amino group and having at least one quaternized or quaternizable primary, secondary or tertiary amino group;
    • c. piperazines.
  • The quaternizable nitrogen compounds are especially selected from
    • d. hydroxyalkyl-substituted primary, secondary, tertiary or quaternary monoamines and hydroxyalkyl-substituted primary, secondary, tertiary or quaternary diamines;
    • e. straight-chain or branched aliphatic diamines having two primary amino groups; di- or polyamines having at least one primary and at least one secondary amino group; di- or polyamines having at least one primary and at least one tertiary amino group; di- or polyamines having at least one primary and at least one quaternary amino group; aromatic carbocyclic diamines having two primary amino groups; aromatic heterocyclic polyamines having two primary amino groups; aromatic or nonaromatic heterocycles having one primary and one tertiary amino group.
  • Examples of suitable “hydroxyalkyl-substituted mono- or polyamines” are those provided with at least one hydroxyalkyl substituent, for example 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 hydroxyalkyl substituent.
  • Examples of “hydroxyalkyl-substituted monoamines” include: N-hydroxyalkyl monoamines, N,N-dihydroxyalkyl monoamines and N,N,N-trihydroxyalkyl monoamines, where the hydroxyalkyl groups are the same or different and are also as defined above. Hydroxyalkyl is especially 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl or 4-hydroxybutyl.
  • For example, the following “hydroxyalkyl-substituted polyamines” and especially “hydroxyalkyl-substituted diamines” may be mentioned: (N-hydroxyalkyl)alkylenediamines, N,N-dihydroxyalkylalkylenediamines, where the hydroxyalkyl groups are the same or different and are also as defined above. Hydroxyalkyl is especially 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl or 4-hydroxybutyl; alkylene is especially ethylene, propylene or butylene.
  • Suitable “diamines” are alkylenediamines, and the N-alkyl-substituted analogs thereof, such as N-monoalkylated alkylenediamines and the N,N- or N,N′-dialkylated alkylenediamines. Alkylene is especially straight-chain or branched C1-7- or C1-4-alkylene as defined above. Alkyl is especially C1-4-alkyl as defined above. Examples are especially ethylenediamine, 1,2-propylenediamine, 1,3-propylenediamine, 1,4-butylenediamine and isomers thereof, pentanediamine and isomers thereof, hexanediamine and isomers thereof, heptanediamine and isomers thereof, and singly or multiply, for example singly or doubly, C1-C4-alkylated, for example methylated, derivatives of the aforementioned diamine compounds such as 3-dimethylamino-1-propylamine (DMAPA), N,N-diethylaminopropylamine and N,N-dimethylamino-ethylamine.
  • Suitable straight-chain “polyamines” are, for example, dialkylenetriamine, trialkylenetetramine, tetraalkylenepentamine, pentaalkylenehexamine, and the N-alkyl-substituted analogs thereof, such as N-monoalkylated and the N,N- or N,N′-dialkylated alkylenepolyamines. Alkylene is especially straight-chain or branched C1-7- or C1-4-alkylene as defined above. Alkyl is especially C1-4-alkyl as defined above.
  • Examples are especially diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, pentaethylenehexamine, dipropylenetriamine, tripropylenetetramine, tetrapropylenepentamine, pentapropylenehexamine, dibutylenetriamine, tributylenetetramine, tetrabutylenepentamine, pentabutylenehexamine; and the N,N-dialkyl derivatives thereof, especially the N,N-di-C1-4-alkyl derivatives thereof. Examples include: N,N-dimethyldimethylenetriamine, N,N-diethyldimethylenetriamine, N,N-dipropyldimethylenetriamine, N,N-dimethyldiethylene-1,2-triamine, N,N-diethyldiethylene-1,2-triamine, N,N-dipropyldiethylene-1,2-triamine, N,N-dimethyldipropylene-1,3-triamine (i.e. DMAPAPA), N,N-diethyldipropylene-1,3-triamine, N,N-dipropyldipropylene-1,3-triamine, N,N-dimethyldibutylene-1,4-triamine, N,N-diethyldibutylene-1,4-triamine, N,N-dipropyldibutylene-1,4-triamine, N, N-dimethyldipentylene-1,5-triamine, N,N-diethyldipentylene-1,5-triamine, N, N-dipropyldipentylene-1,5-triamine, N,N-dimethyldihexylene-1,6-triamine, N, N-diethyldihexylene-1,6-triamine and N,N-dipropyldihexylene-1,6-triamine.
  • “Aromatic carbocyclic diamines” having two primary amino groups are the diamino-substituted derivatives of benzene, biphenyl, naphthalene, tetrahydronaphthalene, fluorene, indene and phenanthrene.
  • “Aromatic or nonaromatic heterocyclic polyamines” having two primary amino groups are the derivatives, substituted by two amino groups, of the following heterocycles:
      • 5- or 6-membered, saturated or monounsaturated heterocycles comprising one to two nitrogen atoms and/or one oxygen or sulfur atom or one or two oxygen and/or sulfur atoms as ring members, for example tetrahydrofuran, pyrrolidine, isoxazolidine, isothiazolidine, pyrazolidine, oxazolidine, thiazolidine, imidazolidine, pyrroline, piperidine, piperidinyl, 1,3-dioxane, tetrahydropyran, hexahydropyridazine, hexahydropyrimidine, piperazine;
      • 5-membered aromatic heterocycles comprising, in addition to carbon atoms, one, two or three nitrogen atoms or one or two nitrogen atoms and one sulfur or oxygen atom as ring members, for example furan, thiane, pyrrole, pyrazole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole and 1,3,4-triazole; isoxazole, isothiazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole;
      • 6-membered heterocycles comprising, in addition to carbon atoms, one or two, or one, two or three, nitrogen atoms as ring members, for example pyridinyl, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazinyl, 1,2,4-triazine, 1,3,5-triazin-2-yl.
  • “Aromatic or nonaromatic heterocycles having one primary and one tertiary amino group” are, for example, the abovementioned N-heterocycles which are aminoalkylated on at least one ring nitrogen atom, and especially bear an amino-C1-4-alkyl group.
  • “Aromatic or nonaromatic heterocycles having a tertiary amino group and a hydroxyalkyl group” are, for example, the abovementioned N-heterocycles which are hydroxyalkylated on at least one ring nitrogen atom, and especially bear a hydroxy-C1-4-alkyl group.
  • Particular mention should be made of the following groups of individual classes of quaternizable nitrogen compounds:
  • Group 1
    NAME FORMULA
    Diamines with primary second nitrogen atom
    Ethylenediamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00017
    1,2-Propylenediamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00018
    1,3-Propylenediamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00019
    Isomeric butylenediamines, for example
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00020
    1,5-Pentylenediamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00021
    Isomeric pentanediamines, for example
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00022
    Isomeric hexanediamines, for example
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00023
    Isomeric heptanediamines, for example
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00024
    Di- and polyamines with a secondary second nitrogen atom
    Diethylenetriamine (DETA)
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00025
    Dipropylenetriamine (DPTA), 3,3′- iminobis(N,N-dimethylpropylamine)
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00026
    Triethylenetetramine (TETA)
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00027
    Tetraethylenepentamine (TEPA)
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00028
    Pentaethylenehexamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00029
    N-Methyl-3-amino-1-propylamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00030
    Bishexamethylenetriamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00031
    Aromatics
    Diaminobenzenes, for example
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00032
    Diaminopyridines, for example
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00033
  • Group 2:
    NAME FORMULA
    Heterocycles
    1-(3-Aminopropyl)imidazole
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00034
    4-(3-Aminopropyl)morpholine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00035
    1-(2-Aminoethylpiperidine)
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00036
    2-(1-Piperazinyl)ethylamine (AEP)
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00037
    N-Methylpiperazine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00038
    Amines with a tertiary second nitrogen atom
    3,3-Diamino-N-methyldipropylamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00039
    3-Dimethylamino-1-propylamine (DMAPA)
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00040
    N,N-Diethylaminopropylamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00041
    N,N-Dimethylaminoethylamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00042
  • Group 3:
    NAME FORMULA
    Alcohols with a primary and secondary amine
    Ethanolamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00043
    3-Hydroxy-1-propylamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00044
    Diethanolamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00045
    Diisopropanolamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00046
    N-(2-Hydroxyethyl)ethylenediamine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00047
    Alcohols with a tertiary amine
    Triethanolamine, (2,2′,2″-nitrilotriethanol)
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00048
    1-(3-Hydroxypropyl)imidazole
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00049
    Tris(hydroxymethyl)amine
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00050
    3-Dimethylamino-1-propanol
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00051
    3-Diethylamino-1-propanol
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00052
    2-Dimethylamino-1-ethanol
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00053
    4-Diethylamino-1-butanol
    Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00054
  • The hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid compound can be reacted with the quaternizable nitrogen compound under thermally controlled conditions, such that there is essentially no condensation reaction. More particularly, no formation of water of reaction is observed in that case. More particularly, such a reaction is effected at a temperature in the range from 10 to 80° C., especially 20 to 60° C. or 30 to 50° C. The reaction time may be in the range from a few minutes or a few hours, for example about 1 minute up to about 10 hours. The reaction can be effected at a pressure of about 0.1 to 2 atm, but especially at approximately standard pressure. For example, an inert gas atmosphere, for example nitrogen, is appropriate.
  • More particularly, the reaction can also be effected at elevated temperatures which promote condensation, for example in the range from 90 to 100° C. or 100 to 170° C. The reaction time may be in the region of a few minutes or a few hours, for example about 1 minute up to about 10 hours. The reaction can be effected at pressure at about 0.1 to 2 atm, but especially at about standard pressure.
  • The reactants are initially charged especially in about equimolar amounts; optionally, a small molar excess of the polycarboxylic acid compound, for example a 0.05- to 0.5-fold, for example a 0.1- to 0.3-fold, excess, is desirable. If required, the reactants can be initially charged in a suitable inert organic aliphatic or aromatic solvent or a mixture thereof. Typical examples are, for example, solvents of the Solvesso series, toluene or xylene. The solvent can also serve, for example, to remove water of condensation azeotropically from the reaction mixture. More particularly, however, the reactions are performed without solvent.
  • The reaction product thus formed can theoretically be purified further, or the solvent can be removed. Usually, however, this is not absolutely necessary, such that the reaction product can be transferred without further purification into the next synthesis step, the quaternization.
  • Particular mention should be made of the condensation product of polyisobutylenesuccinic anhydride (Glissopal® SA from BASF, prepared from polyisobutene (Mn 1000) and maleic anhydride in a known manner) and N,N-dimethyl-1,3-diaminopropane (CAS 109-55-7), see Preparation example 1 of WO 2013/000997.
  • A4) Quaternizing Agents
  • In a further particular embodiment, the at least one quaternizable tertiary nitrogen atom is quaternized with at least one quaternizing agent selected from epoxides, especially hydrocarbyl epoxides.
  • Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00055
  • where the Rd radicals present therein are the same or different and are each H or a hydrocarbyl radical, where the hydrocarbyl radical has at least 1 to 10 carbon atoms. More particularly, these are aliphatic or aromatic radicals, for example linear or branched C1-10-alkyl radicals, or aromatic radicals, such as phenyl or C1-4-alkylphenyl.
  • Examples of suitable hydrocarbyl epoxides include aliphatic and aromatic alkylene oxides such as, more particularly, C2-12-alkylene oxides such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, 1,2-butylene oxide, 2,3-butylene oxide, 2-methyl-1,2-propene oxide (isobutene oxide), 1,2-pentene oxide, 2,3-pentene oxide, 2-methyl-1,2-butene oxide, 3-methyl-1,2-butene oxide, 1,2-hexene oxide, 2,3-hexene oxide, 3,4-hexene oxide, 2-methyl-1,2-pentene oxide, 2-ethyl-1,2-butene oxide, 3-methyl-1,2-pentene oxide, 1,2-decene oxide, 1,2-dodecene oxide or 4-methyl-1,2-pentene oxide; and aromatic-substituted ethylene oxides such as optionally substituted styrene oxide, especially styrene oxide or 4-methylstyrene oxide.
  • In the case of use of epoxides as quaternizing agents, these are used in the presence of free acids, especially in the presence of free hydrocarbyl-substituted unsaturated, especially saturated, optionally substituted, especially unsubstituted, protic acids, such as particularly with hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic acids, especially hydrocarbyl-substituted C3-C28 or C3-C12-dicarboxylic acids, especially unsubstituted saturated C3-C6-dicarboxylic acid.
  • Suitable dicarboxylic acids here are saturated acids such as malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, undecanedioic acid and dodecanedioic acid, or higher molecular weight acids, such as tetra-, hexa- or octadecanedioic acid; substituted acids, such as malic acid, α-ketoglutaric acid, oxaloacetic acid; glutamic acid; aspartic acid; and unsaturated acids, such as maleic acid and fumaric acid; such as, more particularly, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid and pimelic acid.
  • Additionally suitable are aromatic dicarboxylic acids, for example phthalic acid.
  • If required or desired, it is also possible to use hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic acids in their anhydride form. For the quaternization, the ring opening of the anhydride is then brought about by addition of water.
  • Further configurations relating to hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic acids:
  • The hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic acids can be prepared by hydrolysis of the corresponding hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic anhydrides in a manner known in principle, as described, for example, in DE 2443537. The hydrolysis is preferably conducted with stoichiometric amounts of water at temperatures of 50 to 150° C., but it is also possible to use an excess of water. The hydrolysis can be conducted without solvent or in the presence of an inert solvent. Typical examples are, for example, solvents from the Solvesso series, toluene, xylene or straight-chain and branched saturated hydrocarbons such as paraffins or naphthenes. The solvent can be removed after the hydrolysis, but preferably remains, and is used as solvent or cosolvent for the subsequent quaternization.
  • Preferred hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic anhydrides are hydrocarbyl-substituted succinic anhydrides, as sold, for example, by Pentagon: n-dodecenylsuccinic anhydride CAS 19780-11-1, n-octadecenylsuccinic anhydride CAS 28777-98-2, i-octadecenylsuccinic anhydride CAS 28777-98-2, i-hexadecenylsuccinic anhydride/i-octadecenylsuccinic anhydride CAS 32072-96-1 & 28777-98-2, n-octenylsuccinic anhydride CAS 26680-54-6, tetrapropenylsuccinic anhydride CAS 26544-38-7.
  • Additionally preferred is polyisobutenesuccinic anhydride (PIBSA). The preparation of PIBSA from polyisobutene (PIB) and maleic anhydride (MA) is known in principle and leads to a mixture of PIBSA and bismaleated PIBSA (BM PIBSA, please see scheme 1 below), which is generally not purified but processed further as it is. The ratio of the two components to one another can be reported as the bismaleation level (BML). The BML is known in principle (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,883,196) and is determined as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,883,196.
  • Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00056
  • Especially preferred is PIBSA having a bismaleation level of up to 30%, preferably up to 25% and more preferably up to 20%. In general, the bismaleation level is at least 2%, preferably at least 5% and more preferably at least 10%. Controlled preparation is described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,883,196. For the preparation, high-reactivity PIB (HR-PIB) having Mn in the range from 500 to 3000, for example 550 to 2500, 800 to 1200 or 900 to 1100 is particularly suitable. Mn is determined by means of GPC as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,883,196. Particularly preferred PIBSA prepared from HR-PIB (Mn=1000) has hydrolysis numbers of 85-95 mg KOH/g.
  • A nonlimiting example of a particularly suitable PIBSA is Glissopal® SA F from BASF, prepared from HR-PIB (Mn=1000) having a bismaleation level of 15% and a hydrolysis number of 90 mg KOH/g.
  • It is also conceivable, albeit less preferable, to react the abovementioned hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic anhydrides not with water but with an alcohol, preferably a monoalcohol, more preferably an alkanol, or an amine to give the corresponding monoester or monoamide of the hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic acids. What is important is that one acid function remains in the molecule in the case of such a reaction.
  • We the quaternization is conducted in the presence of an alcohol, preference is given to using the same alcohol for such a reaction of the hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic anhydrides as that used as solvent in the quaternization, i.e. preferably 2-ethylhexanol or 2-propylheptanol, or else butyldiglycol, butylglycol, methoxypropoxypropanol or butoxydipropanol.
  • Such an alcoholysis is preferably conducted with stoichiometric amounts of alcohol or amine at temperatures of 50 to 150° C., but it is also possible to use an excess of alcohol or amine, preferably alcohol. In that case, the latter appropriately remains in the reaction mixture and serves as solvent in the subsequent quaternization.
  • A5) Preparation of Inventive Additives a) Quaternization
  • The quaternization with an epoxide of the formula (4) is likewise based on known processes. When the boiling temperature of one component of the reaction mixture, especially of the epoxide, at standard pressure is above the reaction temperature, the reaction is appropriately performed in an autoclave.
  • For example, in an autoclave, a solution of the tertiary amine is admixed with the organic hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic acid (for example polyisobutenesuccinic acid) in the required, approximately stoichiometric amounts. It is possible to use, for example, 0.1 to 2.0, 0.2 to 1.5 or 0.5 to 1.25 equivalents of dicarboxylic acid per equivalent of quaternizable tertiary nitrogen atom. More particularly, however, approximately molar proportions of the dicarboxylic acid are used. This is followed by sufficient purging with N2, and establishment of a suitable supply pressure, and metered addition of the epoxide (e.g. propylene oxide) in the stoichiometric amounts required at a temperature between 20° C. and 180° C. It is possible to use, for example, 0.1 to 4.0, 0.2 to 3 or 0.5 to 2 equivalents of epoxide per equivalent of quaternizable tertiary nitrogen atom. More particularly, however, about 1 to 2 equivalents of epoxide are used in relation to the tertiary amine, in order to fully quaternize the tertiary amine group. More particularly, it is also possible to use a molar excess of alkylene oxide, as a result of which the free carboxyl group of the dicarboxylic acid is partly or fully esterified. This is followed by stirring over a suitably long period of a few minutes to about 24 hours, for example about 10 h, at a temperature between 20° C. and 180° C. (e.g. 50° C.), cooling, for example to about 20 to 50° C., purging with N2 and emptying of the reactor.
  • The reaction can be effected at a pressure of about 0.1 to 20 bar, for example 1 to 10 or 1.5 to 5 bar. However, the reaction can also be effected at standard pressure. An inert gas atmosphere is particularly appropriate, for example nitrogen.
  • If required, the reactants can be initially charged for the quaternization in a suitable inert organic aliphatic or aromatic solvent or a mixture thereof. Typical examples are, for example, solvents from the Solvesso series, toluene or xylene or 2-ethylhexanol, or 2-propylheptanol, and also butyldiglycol, butylglycol, methoxypropoxypropanol, butoxydipropanol or straight-chain or branched saturated hydrocarbons such as paraffins or naphthenes. However, the quaternization can also be performed in the absence of a solvent.
  • The quaternization can be performed in the presence of a protic solvent, optionally also in combination with an aliphatic or aromatic solvent. Suitable protic solvents especially have a dielectric constant (at 20° C.) of greater than 7. The protic solvent may comprise one or more OH groups and may also be water. Suitable solvents may also be alcohols, glycols and glycol ethers. More particularly, suitable protic solvents may be those specified in WO 2010132259. Especially suitable solvents are methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, all isomers of butanol, all isomers of pentanol, all isomers of hexanol, 2-ethylhexanol, 2-propylheptanol, and also mixtures of various alcohols. The presence of a protic solvent can have a positive effect on the conversion and the reaction rate of the quaternization.
  • b) Workup of the Reaction Mixture
  • The reaction end product thus formed can theoretically be purified further, or the solvent can be removed. Optionally, excess reagent, for example excess epoxide, can be removed. This can be accomplished, for example, by introducing nitrogen at standard pressure or under reduced pressure. In order to improve the further processability of the products, however, it is also possible to add solvents after the reaction, for example solvents of the Solvesso series, 2-ethylhexanol, or essentially aliphatic solvents. Usually, however, this is not absolutely necessary, and so the reaction product is usable without further purification as an additive, optionally after blending with further additive components (see below).
  • In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the quaternized ammonium compounds have a weight loss in a thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) at 350° C. of less than 50% by weight, for example less than 40%, less than 35%, less than 30%, less than 20% or less than 15%, for example down to 0% to 5% weight loss.
  • For this purpose, a thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) is conducted in accordance with standard ISO-4154. Specifically, in the test, a run from 50° to 900° C. is conducted at a rate of temperature rise of 20° C. per minute under a nitrogen atmosphere at a flow rate of 60 mL per minute.
  • B) Further Additive Components
  • The fuel additized with the inventive quaternized additive is a gasoline fuel or especially a middle distillate fuel, in particular a diesel fuel.
  • The fuel may comprise further customary additives to improve efficacy and/or suppress wear.
  • In the case of diesel fuels, these are primarily customary detergent additives, carrier oils, cold flow improvers, lubricity improvers, corrosion inhibitors, demulsifiers, dehazers, antifoams, cetane number improvers, combustion improvers, antioxidants or stabilizers, antistats, metallocenes, metal deactivators, dyes and/or solvents.
  • In the case of gasoline fuels, these are in particular lubricity improvers (friction modifiers), corrosion inhibitors, demulsifiers, dehazers, antifoams, combustion improvers, antioxidants or stabilizers, antistats, metallocenes, metal deactivators, dyes and/or solvents.
  • Typical examples of suitable coadditives are listed in the following section:
  • B1) Detergent Additives
  • The customary detergent additives are preferably amphiphilic substances which possess at least one hydrophobic hydrocarbon radical with a number-average molecular weight (Mn) of 85 to 20 000 and at least one polar moiety selected from:
    • (Da) mono- or polyamino groups having up to 6 nitrogen atoms, at least one nitrogen atom having basic properties;
    • (Db) nitro groups, optionally in combination with hydroxyl groups;
    • (Dc) hydroxyl groups in combination with mono- or polyamino groups, at least one nitrogen atom having basic properties;
    • (Dd) carboxyl groups or the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts thereof;
    • (De) sulfonic acid groups or the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts thereof;
    • (Df) polyoxy-C2- to C4-alkylene moieties terminated by hydroxyl groups, mono- or polyamino groups, at least one nitrogen atom having basic properties, or by carbamate groups;
    • (Dg) carboxylic ester groups;
    • (Dh) moieties derived from succinic anhydride and having hydroxyl and/or amino and/or amido and/or imido groups; and/or
    • (Di) moieties obtained by Mannich reaction of substituted phenols with aldehydes and mono- or polyamines.
  • The hydrophobic hydrocarbon radical in the above detergent additives, which ensures adequate solubility in the fuel, has a number-average molecular weight (Mn) of 85 to 20 000, preferably of 113 to 10 000, more preferably of 300 to 5000, even more preferably of 300 to 3000, even more especially preferably of 500 to 2500 and especially of 700 to 2500, in particular of 800 to 1500. As typical hydrophobic hydrocarbon radicals, especially in conjunction with the polar, especially polypropenyl, polybutenyl and polyisobutenyl radicals with a number-average molecular weight Mn of preferably in each case 300 to 5000, more preferably 300 to 3000, even more preferably 500 to 2500, even more especially preferably 700 to 2500 and especially 800 to 1500 into consideration.
  • Examples of the above groups of detergent additives include the following:
  • Additives comprising mono- or polyamino groups (Da) are preferably polyalkenemono- or polyalkenepolyamines based on polypropene or on high-reactivity (i.e. having predominantly terminal double bonds) or conventional (i.e. having predominantly internal double bonds) polybutene or polyisobutene with Mn=300 to 5000, more preferably 500 to 2500 and especially 700 to 2500. Such additives based on high-reactivity polyisobutene, which can be prepared from the polyisobutene which may comprise up to 20% by weight of n-butene units by hydroformylation and reductive amination with ammonia, monoamines or polyamines such as dimethylaminopropylamine, ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine or tetraethylenepentamine, are known especially from EP-A 244 616. When polybutene or polyisobutene having predominantly internal double bonds (usually in the β and γ positions) are used as starting materials in the preparation of the additives, a possible preparative route is by chlorination and subsequent amination or by oxidation of the double bond with air or ozone to give the carbonyl or carboxyl compound and subsequent amination under reductive (hydrogenating) conditions. The amines used here for the amination may be, for example, ammonia, monoamines or the abovementioned polyamines. Corresponding additives based on polypropene are described more particularly in WO-A 94/24231.
  • Further particular additives comprising monoamino groups (Da) are the hydrogenation products of the reaction products of polyisobutenes having an average degree of polymerization P=5 to 100 with nitrogen oxides or mixtures of nitrogen oxides and oxygen, as described more particularly in WO-A 97/03946.
  • Further particular additives comprising monoamino groups (Da) are the compounds obtainable from polyisobutene epoxides by reaction with amines and subsequent dehydration and reduction of the amino alcohols, as described more particularly in DE-A 196 20 262.
  • Additives comprising nitro groups (Db), optionally in combination with hydroxyl groups, are preferably reaction products of polyisobutenes having an average degree of polymerization P=5 to 100 or 10 to 100 with nitrogen oxides or mixtures of nitrogen oxides and oxygen, as described more particularly in WO-A 96/03367 and in WO-A 96/03479. These reaction products are generally mixtures of pure nitropolyisobutenes (e.g. α,β-dinitropolyisobutene) and mixed hydroxynitropolyisobutenes (e.g. α-nitro-β-hydroxypolyisobutene).
  • Additives comprising hydroxyl groups in combination with mono- or polyamino groups (Dc) are especially reaction products of polyisobutene epoxides obtainable from polyisobutene having preferably predominantly terminal double bonds and Mn=300 to 5000, with ammonia or mono- or polyamines, as described more particularly in EP-A 476 485.
  • Additives comprising carboxyl groups or their alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts (Dd) are preferably copolymers of C2- to C40-olefins with maleic anhydride which have a total molar mass of 500 to 20 000 and wherein some or all of the carboxyl groups have been converted to the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts and any remainder of the carboxyl groups has been reacted with alcohols or amines. Such additives are disclosed more particularly by EP-A 307 815. Such additives serve mainly to prevent valve seat wear and can, as described in WO-A 87/01126, advantageously be used in combination with customary fuel detergents such as poly(iso)buteneamines or polyetheramines.
  • Additives comprising sulfonic acid groups or their alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts (De) are preferably alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts of an alkyl sulfosuccinate, as described more particularly in EP-A 639 632. Such additives serve mainly to prevent valve seat wear and can be used advantageously in combination with customary fuel detergents such as poly(iso)buteneamines or polyetheramines.
  • Additives comprising polyoxy-C2-C4-alkylene moieties (Df) are preferably polyethers or polyetheramines which are obtainable by reaction of C2- to C60-alkanols, C6- to C30-alkanediols, mono- or di-C2- to C30-alkylamines, C1- to C30-alkylcyclohexanols or C1- to C30-alkylphenols with 1 to 30 mol of ethylene oxide and/or propylene oxide and/or butylene oxide per hydroxyl group or amino group and, in the case of the polyetheramines, by subsequent reductive amination with ammonia, monoamines or polyamines. Such products are described more particularly in EP-A 310 875, EP-A 356 725, EP-A 700 985 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,877,416. In the case of polyethers, such products also have carrier oil properties. Typical examples thereof are tridecanol butoxylates or isotridecanol butoxylates, isononylphenol butoxylates and also polyisobutenol butoxylates and propoxylates, and also the corresponding reaction products with ammonia.
  • Additives comprising carboxylic ester groups (Dg) are preferably esters of mono-, di- or tricarboxylic acids with long-chain alkanols or polyols, especially those having a minimum viscosity of 2 mm2/s at 100° C., as described more particularly in DE-A 38 38 918. The mono-, di- or tricarboxylic acids used may be aliphatic or aromatic acids, and particularly suitable ester alcohols or ester polyols are long-chain representatives having, for example, 6 to 24 carbon atoms. Typical representatives of the esters are adipates, phthalates, isophthalates, terephthalates and trimellitates of isooctanol, of isononanol, of isodecanol and of isotridecanol. Such products also satisfy carrier oil properties.
  • Additives comprising moieties derived from succinic anhydride and having hydroxyl and/or amino and/or amido and/or especially imido groups (Dh) are preferably corresponding derivatives of alkyl- or alkenyl-substituted succinic anhydride and especially the corresponding derivatives of polyisobutenylsuccinic anhydride which are obtainable by reacting conventional or high-reactivity polyisobutene having Mn=preferably 300 to 5000, more preferably 300 to 3000, even more preferably 500 to 2500, even more especially preferably 700 to 2500 and especially 800 to 1500, with maleic anhydride by a thermal route in an ene reaction or via the chlorinated polyisobutene. The moieties having hydroxyl and/or amino and/or amido and/or imido groups are, for example, carboxylic acid groups, acid amides of monoamines, acid amides of di- or polyamines which, in addition to the amide function, also have free amine groups, succinic acid derivatives having an acid and an amide function, carboximides with monoamines, carboximides with di- or polyamines which, in addition to the imide function, also have free amine groups, or diimides which are formed by the reaction of di- or polyamines with two succinic acid derivatives. In the presence of imido moieties D(h), the further detergent additive in the context of the present invention is, however, used only up to a maximum of 100% of the weight of compounds with betaine structure. Such fuel additives are common knowledge and are described, for example, in documents (1) and (2). They are preferably the reaction products of alkyl- or alkenyl-substituted succinic acids or derivatives thereof with amines and more preferably the reaction products of polyisobutenyl-substituted succinic acids or derivatives thereof with amines. Of particular interest in this context are reaction products with aliphatic polyamines (polyalkyleneimines) such as especially ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, pentaethylenehexamine and hexaethyleneheptamine, which have an imide structure.
  • Additives comprising moieties (Di) obtained by Mannich reaction of substituted phenols with aldehydes and mono- or polyamines are preferably reaction products of polyisobutene-substituted phenols with formaldehyde and mono- or polyamines such as ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine or dimethylaminopropylamine. The polyisobutenyl-substituted phenols may originate from conventional or high-reactivity polyisobutene having Mn=300 to 5000. Such “polyisobutene Mannich bases” are described more particularly in EP-A 831 141.
  • One or more of the detergent additives mentioned can be added to the fuel in such an amount that the dosage of these detergent additives is preferably 25 to 2500 ppm by weight, especially 75 to 1500 ppm by weight, in particular 150 to 1000 ppm by weight.
  • B2) Carrier Oils
  • Carrier oils additionally used may be of mineral or synthetic nature. Suitable mineral carrier oils are fractions obtained in crude oil processing, such as brightstock or base oils having viscosities, for example, from the SN 500-2000 class; but also aromatic hydrocarbons, paraffinic hydrocarbons and alkoxyalkanols. Likewise useful is a fraction which is obtained in the refining of mineral oil and is known as “hydrocrack oil” (vacuum distillate cut having a boiling range of from about 360 to 500° C., obtainable from natural mineral oil which has been catalytically hydrogenated under high pressure and isomerized and also deparaffinized). Likewise suitable are mixtures of the abovementioned mineral carrier oils.
  • Examples of suitable synthetic carrier oils are polyolefins (polyalphaolefins or polyinternalolefins), (poly)esters, (poly)alkoxylates, polyethers, aliphatic polyetheramines, alkylphenol-started polyethers, alkylphenol-started polyetheramines and carboxylic esters of long-chain alkanols.
  • Examples of suitable polyolefins are olefin polymers having Mn=400 to 1800, in particular based on polybutene or polyisobutene (hydrogenated or unhydrogenated).
  • Examples of suitable polyethers or polyetheramines are preferably compounds comprising polyoxy-C2- to C4-alkylene moieties obtainable by reacting C2- to C60-alkanols, C6- to C30-alkanediols, mono- or di-C2- to C30-alkylamines, C1- to C30-alkylcyclohexanols or C1- to C30-alkylphenols with 1 to 30 mol of ethylene oxide and/or propylene oxide and/or butylene oxide per hydroxyl group or amino group, and, in the case of the polyetheramines, by subsequent reductive amination with ammonia, monoamines or polyamines. Such products are described more particularly in EP-A 310 875, EP-A 356 725, EP-A 700 985 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,877,416. For example, the polyetheramines used may be poly-C2- to C6-alkylene oxide amines or functional derivatives thereof. Typical examples thereof are tridecanol butoxylates or isotridecanol butoxylates, isononylphenol butoxylates and also polyisobutenol butoxylates and propoxylates, and also the corresponding reaction products with ammonia.
  • Examples of carboxylic esters of long-chain alkanols are more particularly esters of mono-, di- or tricarboxylic acids with long-chain alkanols or polyols, as described more particularly in DE-A 38 38 918. The mono-, di- or tricarboxylic acids used may be aliphatic or aromatic acids; particularly suitable ester alcohols or ester polyols are long-chain representatives having, for example, 6 to 24 carbon atoms. Typical representatives of the esters are adipates, phthalates, isophthalates, terephthalates and trimellitates of isooctanol, isononanol, isodecanol and isotridecanol, for example di(n- or isotridecyl) phthalate.
  • Further suitable carrier oil systems are described, for example, in DE-A 38 26 608, DE-A 41 42 241, DE-A 43 09 074, EP-A 452 328 and EP-A 548 617.
  • Examples of particularly suitable synthetic carrier oils are alcohol-started polyethers having about 5 to 35, preferably about 5 to 30, more preferably 10 to 30 and especially 15 to 30 C3- to C6-alkylene oxide units, for example propylene oxide, n-butylene oxide and isobutylene oxide units, or mixtures thereof, per alcohol molecule. Nonlimiting examples of suitable starter alcohols are long-chain alkanols or phenols substituted by long-chain alkyl in which the long-chain alkyl radical is especially a straight-chain or branched C6- to C18-alkyl radical. Particular examples include tridecanol and nonylphenol. Particularly preferred alcohol-started polyethers are the reaction products (polyetherification products) of monohydric aliphatic C6- to C18-alcohols with C3- to C6-alkylene oxides. Examples of monohydric aliphatic C6-C15-alcohols are hexanol, heptanol, octanol, 2-ethylhexanol, nonyl alcohol, decanol, 3-propylheptanol, undecanol, dodecanol, tridecanol, tetradecanol, pentadecanol, hexadecanol, octadecanol and the constitutional and positional isomers thereof. The alcohols can be used either in the form of the pure isomers or in the form of technical grade mixtures. A particularly preferred alcohol is tridecanol. Examples of C3- to C6-alkylene oxides are propylene oxide, such as 1,2-propylene oxide, butylene oxide, such as 1,2-butylene oxide, 2,3-butylene oxide, isobutylene oxide or tetrahydrofuran, pentylene oxide and hexylene oxide. Particular preference among these is given to C3- to C4-alkylene oxides, i.e. propylene oxide such as 1,2-propylene oxide and butylene oxide such as 1,2-butylene oxide, 2,3-butylene oxide and isobutylene oxide. Especially butylene oxide is used.
  • Further suitable synthetic carrier oils are alkoxylated alkylphenols, as described in DE-A 10 102 913.
  • Particular carrier oils are synthetic carrier oils, particular preference being given to the above-described alcohol-started polyethers.
  • The carrier oil or the mixture of different carrier oils is added to the fuel in an amount of preferably 1 to 1000 ppm by weight, more preferably of 10 to 500 ppm by weight and especially of 20 to 100 ppm by weight.
  • B3) Cold Flow Improvers
  • Suitable cold flow improvers are in principle all organic compounds which are capable of improving the flow performance of middle distillate fuels or diesel fuels under cold conditions. For the intended purpose, they must have sufficient oil solubility. More particularly, useful cold flow improvers for this purpose are the cold flow improvers (middle distillate flow improvers, MDFIs) typically used in the case of middle distillates of fossil origin, i.e. in the case of customary mineral diesel fuels. However, it is also possible to use organic compounds which partly or predominantly have the properties of a wax antisettling additive (WASA) when used in customary diesel fuels. They can also act partly or predominantly as nucleators. It is also possible to use mixtures of organic compounds effective as MDFIs and/or effective as WASAs and/or effective as nucleators.
  • The cold flow improver is typically selected from
  • (K1) copolymers of a C2- to C40-olefin with at least one further ethylenically unsaturated monomer;
    (K2) comb polymers;
    (K3) polyoxyalkylenes;
    (K4) polar nitrogen compounds;
    (K5) sulfocarboxylic acids or sulfonic acids or derivatives thereof; and
    (K6) poly(meth)acrylic esters.
  • It is possible to use either mixtures of different representatives from one of the particular classes (K1) to (K6) or mixtures of representatives from different classes (K1) to (K6).
  • Suitable C2- to C40-olefin monomers for the copolymers of class (K1) are, for example, those having 2 to 20 and especially 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and 1 to 3 and preferably 1 or 2 carbon-carbon double bonds, especially having one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • In the latter case, the carbon-carbon double bond may be arranged either terminally (α-olefins) or internally. However, preference is given to α-olefins, particular preference to α-olefins having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, for example propene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene and in particular ethylene.
  • In the copolymers of class (K1), the at least one further ethylenically unsaturated monomer is preferably selected from alkenyl carboxylates, (meth)acrylic esters and further olefins.
  • When further olefins are also copolymerized, they are preferably higher in molecular weight than the abovementioned C2- to C40-olefin base monomer. When, for example, the olefin base monomer used is ethylene or propene, suitable further olefins are especially C10- to C40-α-olefins. Further olefins are in most cases only additionally copolymerized when monomers with carboxylic ester functions are also used.
  • Suitable (meth)acrylic esters are, for example, esters of (meth)acrylic acid with C1- to C20-alkanols, especially C1- to C10-alkanols, in particular with methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, isobutanol, tert-butanol, pentanol, hexanol, heptanol, octanol, 2-ethylhexanol, nonanol and decanol, and structural isomers thereof.
  • Suitable alkenyl carboxylates are, for example, C2- to C14-alkenyl esters, for example the vinyl and propenyl esters, of carboxylic acids having 2 to 21 carbon atoms, whose hydrocarbyl radical may be linear or branched. Among these, preference is given to the vinyl esters. Among the carboxylic acids with a branched hydrocarbyl radical, preference is given to those whose branch is in the α position to the carboxyl group, and the α-carbon atom is more preferably tertiary, i.e. the carboxylic acid is what is called a neocarboxylic acid. However, the hydrocarbyl radical of the carboxylic acid is preferably linear.
  • Examples of suitable alkenyl carboxylates are vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl 2-ethylhexanoate, vinyl neopentanoate, vinyl hexanoate, vinyl neononanoate, vinyl neodecanoate and the corresponding propenyl esters, preference being given to the vinyl esters. A particularly preferred alkenyl carboxylate is vinyl acetate; typical copolymers of group (K1) resulting therefrom are ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers (“EVAs”), which are some of the most frequently used.
  • Ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers usable particularly advantageously and the preparation thereof are described in WO 99/29748.
  • Suitable copolymers of class (K1) are also those which comprise two or more different alkenyl carboxylates in copolymerized form, which differ in the alkenyl function and/or in the carboxylic acid group. Likewise suitable are copolymers which, as well as the alkenyl carboxylate(s), comprise at least one olefin and/or at least one (meth)acrylic ester in copolymerized form.
  • Terpolymers of a C2- to C40-α-olefin, a C1- to C20-alkyl ester of an ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acid having 3 to 15 carbon atoms and a C2- to C14-alkenyl ester of a saturated monocarboxylic acid having 2 to 21 carbon atoms are also suitable as copolymers of class (K1). Terpolymers of this kind are described in WO 2005/054314. A typical terpolymer of this kind is formed from ethylene, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate and vinyl acetate.
  • The at least one or the further ethylenically unsaturated monomer(s) are copolymerized in the copolymers of class (K1) in an amount of preferably 1 to 50% by weight, especially 10 to 45% by weight and in particular 20 to 40% by weight, based on the overall copolymer. The main proportion in terms of weight of the monomer units in the copolymers of class (K1) therefore originates generally from the C2- to C40 base olefins.
  • The copolymers of class (K1) preferably have a number-average molecular weight Mn of 1000 to 20 000, more preferably of 1000 to 10 000 and especially of 1000 to 8000.
  • Typical comb polymers of component (K2) are, for example, obtainable by the copolymerization of maleic anhydride or fumaric acid with another ethylenically unsaturated monomer, for example with an α-olefin or an unsaturated ester, such as vinyl acetate, and subsequent esterification of the anhydride or acid function with an alcohol having at least 10 carbon atoms. Further suitable comb polymers are copolymers of α-olefins and esterified comonomers, for example esterified copolymers of styrene and maleic anhydride or esterified copolymers of styrene and fumaric acid. Suitable comb polymers may also be polyfumarates or polymaleates. Homo- and copolymers of vinyl ethers are also suitable comb polymers. Comb polymers suitable as components of class (K2) are, for example, also those described in WO 2004/035715 and in “Comb-Like Polymers. Structure and Properties”, N. A. Plate and V. P. Shibaev, J. Poly. Sci. Macromolecular Revs. 8, pages 117 to 253 (1974). Mixtures of comb polymers are also suitable.
  • Polyoxyalkylenes suitable as components of class (K3) are, for example, polyoxyalkylene esters, polyoxyalkylene ethers, mixed polyoxyalkylene ester/ethers and mixtures thereof. These polyoxyalkylene compounds preferably comprise at least one linear alkyl group, preferably at least two linear alkyl groups, each having 10 to 30 carbon atoms and a polyoxyalkylene group having a number-average molecular weight of up to 5000. Such polyoxyalkylene compounds are described, for example, in EP A 061 895 and also in U.S. Pat. No. 4,491,455. Particular polyoxyalkylene compounds are based on polyethylene glycols and polypropylene glycols having a number-average molecular weight of 100 to 5000. Additionally suitable are polyoxyalkylene mono- and diesters of fatty acids having 10 to 30 carbon atoms, such as stearic acid or behenic acid.
  • Polar nitrogen compounds suitable as components of class (K4) may be either ionic or nonionic and preferably have at least one substituent, especially at least two substituents, in the form of a tertiary nitrogen atom of the general formula >NR7 in which R7 is a C8- to C40-hydrocarbyl radical. The nitrogen substituents may also be quaternized, i.e. be in cationic form. An example of such nitrogen compounds is that of ammonium salts and/or amides which are obtainable by the reaction of at least one amine substituted by at least one hydrocarbyl radical with a carboxylic acid having 1 to 4 carboxyl groups or with a suitable derivative thereof. The amines preferably comprise at least one linear C8- to C40-alkyl radical. Primary amines suitable for preparing the polar nitrogen compounds mentioned are, for example, octylamine, nonylamine, decylamine, undecylamine, dodecylamine, tetradecylamine and the higher linear homologs; secondary amines suitable for this purpose are, for example, dioctadecylamine and methylbehenylamine. Also suitable for this purpose are amine mixtures, especially amine mixtures obtainable on the industrial scale, such as fatty amines or hydrogenated tallamines, as described, for example, in Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, 6th Edition, “Amines, aliphatic” chapter. Acids suitable for the reaction are, for example, cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, cyclopentane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid, naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, and succinic acids substituted by long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals.
  • More particularly, the component of class (K4) is an oil-soluble reaction product of poly(C2- to C20-carboxylic acids) having at least one tertiary amino group with primary or secondary amines. The poly(C2- to —C20-carboxylic acids) which have at least one tertiary amino group and form the basis of this reaction product comprise preferably at least 3 carboxyl groups, especially 3 to 12 and in particular 3 to 5 carboxyl groups. The carboxylic acid units in the polycarboxylic acids have preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and are especially acetic acid units. The carboxylic acid units are suitably bonded to the polycarboxylic acids, usually via one or more carbon and/or nitrogen atoms. They are preferably attached to tertiary nitrogen atoms which, in the case of a plurality of nitrogen atoms, are bonded via hydrocarbon chains.
  • The component of class (K4) is preferably an oil-soluble reaction product based on poly(C2- to C20-carboxylic acids) which have at least one tertiary amino group and are of the general formula IIa or IIb
  • Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00057
  • in which the variable A represents a straight-chain or branched C2- to C6-alkylene group or the moiety of the formula III
  • Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00058
  • and the variable B denotes a C1- to C19-alkylene group. The compounds of the general formulae IIa and IIb especially have the properties of a WASA.
  • Moreover, the preferred oil-soluble reaction product of component (K4), especially that of the general formula IIa or IIb, is an amide, an amide-ammonium salt or an ammonium salt in which no, one or more carboxylic acid groups have been converted to amide groups.
  • Straight-chain or branched C2- to C6-alkylene groups of the variable A are, for example, 1,1-ethylene, 1,2-propylene, 1,3-propylene, 1,2-butylene, 1,3-butylene, 1,4-butylene, 2-methyl-1,3-propylene, 1,5-pentylene, 2-methyl-1,4-butylene, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propylene, 1,6-hexylene (hexamethylene) and especially 1,2-ethylene. The variable A comprises preferably 2 to 4 and especially 2 or 3 carbon atoms.
  • C1- to C19-alkylene groups of the variable B are, for example, 1,2-ethylene, 1,3-propylene, 1,4-butylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, decamethylene, dodecamethylene, tetradecamethylene, hexadecamethylene, octadecamethylene, nonadecamethylene and especially methylene. The variable B comprises preferably 1 to 10 and especially 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • The primary and secondary amines as a reaction partner for the polycarboxylic acids to form component (K4) are typically monoamines, especially aliphatic monoamines. These primary and secondary amines may be selected from a multitude of amines which bear hydrocarbyl radicals which may optionally be bonded to one another.
  • These parent amines of the oil-soluble reaction products of component (K4) are usually 10 secondary amines and have the general formula HN(R8)2 in which the two variables R8 are each independently straight-chain or branched C10- to C30-alkyl radicals, especially C14- to C24-alkyl radicals. These relatively long-chain alkyl radicals are preferably straight-chain or only slightly branched. In general, the secondary amines mentioned, with regard to their relatively long-chain alkyl radicals, derive from naturally occurring fatty acids and from derivatives thereof. The two R8 radicals are preferably the same.
  • The secondary amines mentioned may be bonded to the polycarboxylic acids by means of amide structures or in the form of the ammonium salts; it is also possible for only a portion to be present as amide structures and another portion as ammonium salts. Preferably only few, if any, free acid groups are present. The oil-soluble reaction products of component (K4) are preferably present completely in the form of the amide structures.
  • Typical examples of such components (K4) are reaction products of nitrilotriacetic acid, of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid or of propylene-1,2-diaminetetraacetic acid with in each case 0.5 to 1.5 mol per carboxyl group, especially 0.8 to 1.2 mol per carboxyl group, of dioleylamine, dipalmitamine, dicocoamine, distearylamine, dibehenylamine or especially ditallowamine. A particularly preferred component (K4) is the reaction product of 1 mol of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid and 4 mol of hydrogenated ditallowamine.
  • Further typical examples of component (K4) include the N,N-dialkylammonium salts of 2-N′,N′-dialkylamidobenzoates, for example the reaction product of 1 mol of phthalic anhydride and 2 mol of ditallowamine, the latter being hydrogenated or unhydrogenated, and the reaction product of 1 mol of an alkenylspirobislactone with 2 mol of a dialkylamine, for example ditallowamine and/or tallowamine, the latter two being hydrogenated or unhydrogenated.
  • Further typical structure types for the component of class (K4) are cyclic compounds with tertiary amino groups or condensates of long-chain primary or secondary amines with carboxylic acid-containing polymers, as described in WO 93/18115.
  • Sulfocarboxylic acids, sulfonic acids or derivatives thereof which are suitable as cold flow improvers of the component of class (K5) are, for example, the oil-soluble carboxamides and carboxylic esters of ortho-sulfobenzoic acid, in which the sulfonic acid function is present as a sulfonate with alkyl-substituted ammonium cations, as described in EP-A 261 957.
  • Poly(meth)acrylic esters suitable as cold flow improvers of the component of class (K6) are either homo- or copolymers of acrylic and methacrylic esters. Preference is given to copolymers of at least two different (meth)acrylic esters which differ with regard to the esterified alcohol. The copolymer optionally comprises another different olefinically unsaturated monomer in copolymerized form. The weight-average molecular weight of the polymer is preferably 50 000 to 500 000. A particularly preferred polymer is a copolymer of methacrylic acid and methacrylic esters of saturated C14- and C15-alcohols, the acid groups having been neutralized with hydrogenated tallamine. Suitable poly(meth)acrylic esters are described, for example, in WO 00/44857.
  • The cold flow improver or the mixture of different cold flow improvers is added to the middle distillate fuel or diesel fuel in a total amount of preferably 10 to 5000 ppm by weight, more preferably of 20 to 2000 ppm by weight, even more preferably of 50 to 1000 ppm by weight and especially of 100 to 700 ppm by weight, for example of 200 to 500 ppm by weight.
  • B4) Lubricity Improvers
  • Suitable lubricity improvers or friction modifiers are based typically on fatty acids or fatty acid esters. Typical examples are tall oil fatty acid, as described, for example, in WO 98/004656, and glyceryl monooleate. The reaction products, described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,743,266 B2, of natural or synthetic oils, for example triglycerides, and alkanolamines are also suitable as such lubricity improvers.
  • B5) Corrosion Inhibitors
  • Suitable corrosion inhibitors are, for example, succinic esters, in particular with polyols, fatty acid derivatives, for example oleic esters, oligomerized fatty acids, substituted ethanolamines, and products sold under the trade name RC 4801 (Rhein Chemie Mannheim, Germany) or HiTEC 536 (Afton Corporation).
  • B6) Demulsifiers
  • Suitable demulsifiers are, for example, the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts of alkyl-substituted phenol- and naphthalenesulfonates and the alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts of fatty acids, and also neutral compounds such as alcohol alkoxylates, e.g. alcohol ethoxylates, phenol alkoxylates, e.g. tert-butylphenol ethoxylate or tert-pentylphenol ethoxylate, fatty acids, alkylphenols, condensation products of ethylene oxide (EO) and propylene oxide (PO), for example including in the form of EO/PO block copolymers, polyethyleneimines or else polysiloxanes.
  • B7) Dehazers
  • Suitable dehazers are, for example, alkoxylated phenol-formaldehyde condensates, for example the products available under the trade names NALCO 7D07 (Nalco) and TOLAD 2683 (Petrolite).
  • B8) Antifoams
  • Suitable antifoams are, for example, polyether-modified polysiloxanes, for example the products available under the trade names TEGOPREN 5851 (Goldschmidt), Q 25907 (Dow Corning) and RHODOSIL (Rhone Poulenc).
  • B9) Cetane Number Improvers
  • Suitable cetane number improvers are, for example, aliphatic nitrates such as 2-ethylhexyl nitrate and cyclohexyl nitrate and peroxides such as di-tert-butyl peroxide.
  • B10) Antioxidants
  • Suitable antioxidants are, for example, substituted phenols, such as 2,6-di-tert-butylphenol and 6-di-tert-butyl-3-methylphenol, and also phenylenediamines such as N,N′-di-sec-butyl-p-phenylenediamine.
  • B11) Metal Deactivators
  • Suitable metal deactivators are, for example, salicylic acid derivatives such as N,N′-disalicylidene-1,2-propanediamine.
  • B12) Solvents
  • Suitable solvents are, for example, nonpolar organic solvents such as aromatic and aliphatic hydrocarbons, for example toluene, xylenes, white spirit and products sold under the trade names SHELLSOL (Royal Dutch/Shell Group) and EXXSOL (ExxonMobil), and also polar organic solvents, for example, alcohols such as 2-ethylhexanol, decanol and isotridecanol. Such solvents are usually added to the diesel fuel together with the aforementioned additives and coadditives, which they are intended to dissolve or dilute for better handling.
  • B13) Auxiliaries to Counteract Deposits in Injectors
  • In a further preferred embodiment of the invention, the compounds of the invention are combined with further auxiliaries to counteract internal and external deposits in injectors in diesel engines.
  • These may preferably be olefin-polymerizable carboxylic acid copolymers, where the copolymer comprises at least one free carboxylic acid side group, or a nitrogen compound quaternized with epoxide in the presence of an olefin-polymerizable carboxylic acid copolymer, where the copolymer comprises at least one free carboxylic acid side group, where the polymerizable carboxylic acid is a polymerizable mono- or polycarboxylic acid.
  • In addition, they may be copolymers, copolymer-containing reaction products or a copolymer-containing component fraction thereof, where the copolymer is obtainable by
  • (1) copolymerizing a) at least one ethylenically unsaturated, polymerizable polycarboxylic anhydride with b) at least one polymerizable olefin;
    (2) then derivatizing the copolymer from step (1) by partial or complete reaction of the anhydride radicals of the copolymer from step (1) with water, at least one hydroxyl compound, at least one primary or secondary amine; or mixtures thereof, to form a carboxyl-containing copolymer derivative; and optionally
    (3) quaternizing a quaternizable (especially tertiary) nitrogen compound with an epoxide and the copolymer derivative from step (2).
  • In addition, they may be copolymers, copolymer-containing reaction products or a copolymer-containing component fraction thereof, where the copolymer is obtainable by
  • (1) copolymerizing
    a) at least one ethylenically unsaturated, polymerizable mono- or polycarboxylic acid with
    b) at least one polymerizable olefin;
    (2) then derivatizing the copolymer from step (1) by partial reaction of the carboxyl radicals of the copolymer with at least one hydroxyl compound, at least one primary or 25 secondary amine; or mixtures thereof, to form a copolymer derivative having a reduced content of free carboxyl groups; and optionally
    (3) quaternizing a quaternizable nitrogen compound with an epoxide and the copolymer derivative from step (2).
  • In addition, they may be copolymers, copolymer-containing reaction products or a copolymer-containing component fraction thereof, where the copolymer is obtainable by
  • (1) copolymerizing
    a) at least one ethylenically unsaturated, polymerizable mono- or polycarboxylic acid with
    b) at least one polymerizable olefin and optionally
    (2) quaternizing a quaternizable nitrogen compound with an epoxide and the hydrolysis product from step (1).
  • Copolymer compounds of this kind are described, for example, in European patent application EP application number 14152991.7 to the present applicant.
  • C) Fuels
  • The inventive additive is outstandingly suitable as a fuel additive and can be used in principle in any fuels. It brings about a whole series of advantageous effects in the operation of internal combustion engines with fuels. Preference is given to using the inventive quaternized additive in middle distillate fuels, especially diesel fuels.
  • The present invention therefore also provides fuels, especially middle distillate fuels, with a content of the inventive quaternized additive which is effective as an additive for achieving advantageous effects in the operation of internal combustion engines, for example of diesel engines, especially of direct injection diesel engines, in particular of diesel engines with common rail injection systems. This effective content (dosage) is generally 10 to 5000 ppm by weight, preferably 20 to 1500 ppm by weight, especially 25 to 1000 ppm by weight, in particular 30 to 750 ppm by weight, based in each case on the total amount of fuel.
  • Middle distillate fuels such as diesel fuels or heating oils are preferably mineral oil raffinates which typically have a boiling range from 100 to 400° C. These are usually distillates having a 95% point up to 360° C. or even higher. These may also be what is called “ultra low sulfur diesel” or “city diesel”, characterized by a 95% point of, for example, not more than 345° C. and a sulfur content of not more than 0.005% by weight or by a 95% point of, for example, 285° C. and a sulfur content of not more than 0.001% by weight. In addition to the mineral middle distillate fuels or diesel fuels obtainable by refining, those obtainable by coal gasification or gas liquefaction [“gas to liquid” (GTL) fuels] or by biomass liquefaction [“biomass to liquid” (BTL) fuels] are also suitable. Also suitable are mixtures of the aforementioned middle distillate fuels or diesel fuels with renewable fuels, such as biodiesel or bioethanol. Also conceivable are hydrogenated vegetable oils (HVO) or used kitchen oil (UKO).
  • The qualities of the heating oils and diesel fuels are laid down in detail, for example, in DIN 51603 and EN 590 (cf. also Ullmann's Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry, 5th edition, Volume A12, p. 617 ff).
  • In addition to the use thereof in the abovementioned middle distillate fuels of fossil, vegetable or animal origin, which are essentially hydrocarbon mixtures, the inventive quaternized additive can also be used in mixtures of such middle distillates with biofuel oils (biodiesel). Such mixtures are also encompassed by the term “middle distillate fuel” in the context of the present invention. They are commercially available and usually comprise the biofuel oils in minor amounts, typically in amounts of 1 to 30% by weight, especially of 3 to 10% by weight, based on the total amount of middle distillate of fossil, vegetable or animal origin and biofuel oil.
  • Biofuel oils are generally based on fatty acid esters, preferably essentially on alkyl esters of fatty acids which derive from vegetable and/or animal oils and/or fats. Alkyl esters are typically understood to mean lower alkyl esters, especially C1- to C4-alkyl esters, which are obtainable by transesterifying the glycerides which occur in vegetable and/or animal oils and/or fats, especially triglycerides, by means of lower alcohols, for example ethanol or in particular methanol (“FAME”). Typical lower alkyl esters based on vegetable and/or animal oils and/or fats, which find use as a biofuel oil or components thereof, are, for example, sunflower methyl ester, palm oil methyl ester (“PME”), soya oil methyl ester (“SME”) and especially rapeseed oil methyl ester (“RME”). Also conceivable are hydrogenated vegetable oils (HVO) or used kitchen oil (UKO).
  • The middle distillate fuels or diesel fuels are more preferably those having a low sulfur content, i.e. having a sulfur content of less than 0.05% by weight, preferably of less than 0.02% by weight, more particularly of less than 0.005% by weight and especially of less than 0.001% by weight of sulfur.
  • Useful gasoline fuels include all commercial gasoline fuel compositions. One typical representative which shall be mentioned here is the Eurosuper base fuel to EN 228, which is customary on the market. In addition, gasoline fuel compositions of the specification according to WO 00/47698 are also possible fields of use for the present invention.
  • The inventive quaternized additive is especially suitable as a fuel additive in fuel compositions, especially in diesel fuels, for overcoming the problems outlined at the outset in direct injection diesel engines, in particular in those with common rail injection systems.
  • Preferred additives in fuels of this kind are the following specific compound classes (A) and (C):
  • Preferred additives (A) are compounds which are derived from succinic anhydride and have long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals having generally 15 to 700 and particularly 30 to 200 carbon atoms. These compounds may have further functional groups which are preferably selected from hydroxyl, amino, amido and/or imido groups. Preferred additives are the corresponding derivatives of polyalkenylsuccinic anhydride, which are obtainable, for example, by reaction of polyalkenes with maleic anhydride by a thermal route or via the chlorinated hydrocarbons. The number-average molecular weight of the long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals is preferably within a range from about 200 to 10 000, more preferably 400 to 5000, particularly 600 to 3000 and especially 650 to 2000. These long-chain hydrocarbyl radicals preferably derive from conventional polyisobutenes and especially from the aforementioned reactive polyisobutenes. Of particular interest as additives (A) are the derivatives of polyalkenylsuccinic anhydrides with ammonia, monoamines, polyamines, monoalcohols and polyols. Polyamines preferred for derivatization comprise ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, propylenediamine, etc. Suitable alcohols comprise monohydric alcohols, such as ethanol, allyl alcohol, dodecanol and benzyl alcohol, polyhydric alcohols, such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol, neopentyl glycol, glycerol, trimethylolpropane, erythritol, pentaerythritol, mannitol and sorbitol.
  • Succinic anhydride derivatives (A) suitable as additives are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 3,522,179, U.S. Pat. No. 4,234,435, U.S. Pat. No. 4,849,572, U.S. Pat. No. 4,904,401, U.S. Pat. No. 5,569,644 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,165,235, which are fully incorporated by reference.
  • Preferred additives (C) are Mannich adducts. Such adducts are obtained in principle by Mannich reaction of aromatic hydroxyl compounds, especially phenol and phenol derivatives, with aldehydes and mono- or polyamines. These are preferably the reaction products of polyisobutene-substituted phenols with formaldehyde and mono- or polyamines such as ethylenediamine, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, tetraethylenepentamine, dimethylaminopropylamine, etc. Suitable Mannich adducts and processes for preparation thereof are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,876,468, EP-A 831 141, EP-A 1 233 990 and EP-A 1 226 188, which are fully incorporated by reference.
  • The additives (A) and (C) and any further additives from those mentioned above may typically each be present in amounts of in each case 0.0001 to 1% by weight, preferably 0.001 to 0.6% by weight and especially 0.0015 to 0.4% by weight, based on the total amount of the fuel composition.
  • The invention is now illustrated in detail by the working examples which follow: More particularly, the test methods specified hereinafter are part of the general disclosure of the application and are not restricted to the specific working examples.
  • EXPERIMENTAL A. General Test Methods Engine Test 1. XUD9 Test—Determination of Flow Restriction
  • The procedure is according to the standard provisions of CEC F-23-1-01.
  • 2. DW10 Test—Determination of Power Loss as a Result of Injector Deposits in the Common Rail Diesel Engine 2.1. DW10-KC—Keep-Clean Test
  • The keep-clean test is based on CEC test procedure F-098-08 Issue 5. This is done using the same test setup and engine type (PEUGEOT DW10) as in the CEC procedure.
  • Change and Special Features:
  • In the tests, cleaned injectors were used. The cleaning time in the ultrasound bath in water+10% Superdecontamine (Intersciences, Brussels) at 60° C. was 4 h.
  • Test Run Times:
  • The test run time, unless stated otherwise, was 12 h without shutdown phases. The one-hour test cycle from CEC F-098-08, shown in FIG. 1, was run through 12 times.
  • Performance Determination (Unless Stated Otherwise): The initial power P0,KC [kW] is calculated from the measured torque at full load 4000/min directly after the test has started and the engine has run hot. The procedure is described in Issue 5 of the test procedure (CEC F-98-08). This is done using the same test setup and the PEUGEOT DW10 engine type.
  • The final performance (Pend,KC) is determined in the 12th cycle in stage 12 (see table, FIG. 2). Here too, the operation point is full load 4000/min. Pend,KC [kW] is calculated from the torque measured.
  • The power loss in the KC test is calculated as follows:
  • Powerloss , KC [ % ] = ( 1 - Pend , KC P 0 , KC ) * 100
  • 2.2. DW10 Dirty-Up Clean-Up (DU-CU)
  • The DU-CU test is based on CEC test procedure F-098-08 Issue 5. The procedure is described in Issue 5 of the test procedure (CEC F-98-08). This is done using the same test setup and the PEUGEOT DW10 engine type.
  • The DU-CU test consists of two individual tests which are run in succession. The first test serves to form deposits (DU), the second to remove the deposits (CU). After the DU, the power loss is determined. After the end of the DU run, the engine is not operated for at least 8 hours and is cooled to ambient temperature. Thereafter, the CU fuel is used to start the CU without deinstalling and cleaning the injectors. The deposits and power loss ideally decline over the course of the CU test.
  • Alteration and Special Features:
  • Cleaned injectors were installed in the engine prior to each DU test. The cleaning time in the ultrasound bath at 60° C., in water+10% Superdecontamine (Intersciences, Brussels), was 4 h.
  • Test Run Times (Unless Stated Otherwise):
  • The test run time was 4.28 h for the DU and 8 h or 12 h for the CU. The engine was operated in the DU and CU tests without shutdown phases.
  • The one-hour test cycle from CEC F-098-08, shown in FIG. 1, was run through 12 times in each case.
  • In some DU tests, an accelerated procedure was employed. For this purpose, no test cycle from CEC F-098-08 was run; instead, the engine was operated at 4000/min full load with an elevated amount of Zn (3 ppm rather than 1 ppm in the CEC F-098-08 procedure).
  • Performance Determination:
  • The initial power P0,du [kW] is calculated from the measured torque at full load 4000/min directly after the test has started and the engine has run hot. The procedure is likewise described in Issue 5 of the test procedure.
  • The final performance (Pend,du) is determined in the 12th cycle in stage 12 (see table above). Here too, the operation point is full load 4000/min. Pend,du [kW] is calculated from the torque measured.
  • The power loss in the DU is calculated as follows:
  • Powerloss , du [ % ] = ( 1 - Pend , du P 0 , du ) * 100
  • Clean-Up
  • The initial power P0,cu [kW] is calculated from the measured torque at full load 4000/min directly after the test has started and the engine has run hot in the CU. The procedure is likewise described in Issue 5 of the test procedure.
  • The final performance (Pend,cu) is determined in the 12th cycle in stage 12 (see table, FIG. 2). Here too, the operation point is full load 4000/min. Pend,cu [kW] is calculated from the torque measured.
  • The power loss in the CU test is calculated as follows (negative number for the power loss in the cu test means an increase in performance)
  • Powerloss , ( DU , CU ) [ % ] = ( Pend , du - pend , cu P 0 , du ) * 100
  • The fuel used was a commercial diesel fuel from Haltermann (RF-06-03). To artificially induce the formation of deposits at the injectors, 1 ppm by weight of zinc in the form of a zinc didodecanoate solution was added thereto.
  • 3. IDID Test—Determination of Additive Effect on Internal Injector Deposits The formation of deposits within the injector was characterized by the deviations in the exhaust gas temperatures of the cylinders at the cylinder outlet on cold starting of the DW10 engine.
  • To promote the formation of deposits, 1 mg/I of Na in the form of a salt of an organic acid (sodium naphthenate), 20 mg/I of dodecenylsuccinic acid and 10 mg/I of water were added to the fuel.
  • The test is conducted as a dirty-up clean-up test (DU-CU).
  • DU-CU is based on CEC test procedure F-098-08 Issue 5.
  • The DU-CU test consists of two individual tests which are run in succession. The first test serves to form deposits (DU), the second to remove the deposits (CU).
  • After the DU run, after a rest phase of at least eight hours, a cold start of the engine is conducted, followed by idling for 10 minutes.
  • Thereafter, the CU fuel is used to start the CU without deinstalling and cleaning the injectors. After the CU run over 8 h, after a rest phase of at least eight hours, a cold start of the engine is conducted, followed by idling for 10 minutes. The evaluation is effected by the comparison of the temperature profiles for the individual cylinders after the cold start in the DU and CU runs.
  • The IDID test indicates the formation of internal deposits in the injector. The characteristic used in this test is the exhaust gas temperature of the individual cylinders. In an injector system without IDIDs, the exhaust gas temperatures of the cylinders increase homogeneously. In the presence of IDIDs, the exhaust gas temperatures of the individual cylinders do not increase homogeneously and deviate from one another.
  • The temperature sensors are beyond the cylinder head outlet in the exhaust gas manifold. Significant deviation of the individual cylinder temperatures (e.g. >20° C.) indicates the presence of internal injector deposits (IDIDs).
  • The tests (DU and CU) are each conducted with run time 8 h. The one-hour test cycle from CEC F-098-08 (see FIG. 3) is run through 8 times in each case. In the event of deviations of the individual cylinder temperatures of greater than 45° C. from the mean for all 4 cylinders, the test is stopped early.
  • Alteration and special features: Cleaned injectors were installed before the start of each DU test run. The cleaning time in the ultrasound bath at 60° C., in water+10% Superdecontamine, was 4 h.
  • B. Preparation Examples Preparation Examples 1 to 4 Quaternization of Tertiary Fatty Amines with Propylene Oxide in the Presence of Various Hydrocarbyl-Substituted Succinic Acids
  • Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00059
  • R1 here represents long-chain hydrocarbyl; R2, R3 and R4 correspond to Ra, Rb and Rc as defined above; R5 corresponds to Rd as defined above; and R is H or a radical obtained by esterification with the epoxide, for example —CH2CH(R5)OH
  • a) Reagents Used:
  • Polyisobutylenesuccinic anhydride (PIBSA, Glissopal® SA, from BASF): Prepared from maleic anhydride and Polyisobutene 1000 in a known manner. Unless stated otherwise, for the inventive preparation examples, qualities having a bismaleation level of 10% to 20% and hydrolysis numbers in the range of 84-95 mg KOH/g were used. For preparation of polyisobutylenesuccinic acid, polyisobutylenesuccinic anhydride was admixed with the equimolar amount of water in accordance with the hydrolysis number and hydrolyzed at a temperature of 80° C. For example, the reaction of polyisobutylenesuccinic anhydride (hydrolysis number 85.6 mg KOH/g) after a reaction time of 4 h at 80° C. gave a reaction product which had an acid number of 83.9 mg KOH/g. The formation of the polyisobutylenesuccinic acid was confirmed by IR spectroscopy (1711 cm−1).
  • In an analogous manner, tetrapropenylsuccinic anhydride (CAS 26544-38-7) and a mixed i-hexadecenyl/i-octadecenylsuccinic anhydride (CAS 32072-96-1 and 28777-98-2) from Pentagon were hydrolyzed to the corresponding succinic acid derivatives.
  • Cocoyldimethylamine: (N,N-dimethyl-N—C12/14-amine, CAS 68439-70-3 and 112-18-5) having a total amine value of 246 mg KOH/g.
  • N-Methyl-N,N-ditallowamine: Armeen® M2HT from Akzo Nobel, CAS 61788-63-4, having a total amine value of 108 mg KOH/g.
  • In addition, the following were used:
  • N,N-Dimethylhexadecylamine (n-C16H33NMe2, CAS 112-69-6, Aldrich) Tridecylamine (branched; isomer mixture, CAS 86089-17-0) from BASF.
    N,N-Dimethyl-1,3-diaminopropane (DMAPA, CAS 109-55-7) from BASF.
    2-Ethylhexanol and 2-propylheptanol from BASF.
    Solvent Naphtha naphthalene depleted (ND): Solvesso™ 150 ND from Exxon Mobil.
  • b) General Synthesis Method
  • A 2 l autoclave is initially charged with a solution of the tertiary amine (1 eq. according to the total amine number) and of the alkylenesuccinic acid derivative (1 eq. according to the acid number) in the given solvent (2-ethylhexanol, unless stated otherwise). The amount of solvent and the batch size are selected such that the end product has an active content of 50% and the reactor a fill level of about 70%. This is followed by purging three times with N2, establishment of a supply pressure of approx. 2 bar of N2 and an increase in the temperature to 50° C. The given alkylene oxide, propylene oxide unless stated otherwise, (2 eq.) is metered in within 1 h. This is followed by stirring at 50° C. for 15 h, cooling to 25° C., purging with N2 and emptying of the reactor. The product is transferred into a 2 l jacketed reactor and excess alkylene oxide is removed by introducing an N2 stream (10 l/h) under reduced pressure (70 mbar) at 50° C. for 6 h. 1H NMR (CDCl3) confirms the quaternization (6=3.3 ppm, singlet, R2N(CH3)2 or R3NCH3).
  • c) Experiments Conducted
  • Following the above synthesis method, the following quaternizations with propylene oxide were conducted:
  • Prepa-
    ration Hydrocarbyl-substituted
    example Tertiary amine succinic acid
    1 cocoyldimethylamine polyisobutylenesuccinic acid
    2 cocoyldimethylamine tetrapropenylsuccinic acid
    3 cocoyldimethylamine i-hexadecenyl/i-
    octadecenylsuccinic acid
    4 N-methyl-N,N-ditallowamine tetrapropenylsuccinic acid
    6 n-C16H33NMe2 polyisobutylenesuccinic acid
    7 n-C16H33NMe2 polyisobutylenesuccinic acid
    8 n-C16H33NMe2 polyisobutylenesuccinic acid
    9 n-C16H33NMe2 polyisobutylenesuccinic acid
    10 n-C16H33NMe2 polyisobutylenesuccinic acid
    11 n-C16H33NMe2 polyisobutylenesuccinic acid
    12 n-C16H33NMe2 polyisobutylenesuccinic acid
    13 cocoyldimethylamine polyisobutylenesuccinic acid
    16 N,N-dimethylethanol- tetrapropenylsuccinic acid
    amine*15 PO
    17 PIBSA-DMAPA succinimide tetrapropenylsuccinic acid
    Remarks relating to preparation examples:
    No. 7: 2-Propylheptanol was used in place of 2-ethylhexanol as solvent.
    No. 8: 2-Ethylhexanol/Solvent Naphtha ND 1:1 (w/w) was used in place of 2-ethylhexanol as solvent.
    No. 9: Ethylene oxide (1.5 eq.) was used in place of propylene oxide. 2-Propylheptanol was used in place of 2-ethylhexanol as solvent.
    No. 10: The PIBSA used (made from maleic anhydride and polyisobutene 1000) had a bismaleation level of 32% and a hydrolysis number of 112.5 mg KOH/g.
    No. 11: 1.5 eq. of propylene oxide were used.
    No. 12: 1.1 eq. of propylene oxide were used.
    No. 13: 2-Propylheptanol was used in place of 2-ethylhexanol as solvent. The PIBSA used (made from maleic anhydride and polyisobutene 550) had a hydrolysis number of 142.5 mg KOH/g.
    No. 16: 2-Propylheptanol was used as solvent; the amine used was a polyether amine obtained by 15-tuple propoxylation of N,N-dimethylethanolamine (for preparation see synthesis example 1 of WO 2013/064689 A1).
    No. 17: 2-Propylheptanol was used as solvent; the amine used was the condensation product of polyisobutylenesuccinic acid (PIBSA) and DMAPA; see preparation example 1 of WO 2013/000997 A1.
  • Preparation Example 5 Quaternization of Triethylamine with Dodecene Oxide in the Presence of Tetrapropenylsuccinic Acids
  • Reagents: dodecene oxide (CAS 2855-19-8) from Aldrich, trimethylamine (anhydrous, CAS 75-50-3) from BASF
  • An N2-inertized 2 l autoclave is initially charged with a solution of trimethylamine (47.2 g, 0.8 mol) and dodecene oxide (147.2 g, 0.8 mol) in 2-ethylhexanol (194.4 g). Subsequently, the temperature is increased to 40° C. A solution of tetrapropenylsuccinic acid (252.8 g, 0.8 mol) in 2-ethylhexanol (252.8 g) is metered in within 1.5 h. This is followed by stirring at 40° C. for 15 h. Volatile constituents are removed by introducing an N2 stream at 40° C., then the reactor is emptied. 1H NMR (CDCl3) confirms the quaternization (6=3.3 ppm, singlet, RN(CH3)3).
  • Preparation Example 14 Synthesis of iC13NMe2
  • Tridecylamine (140.2 g) is initially charged at room temperature and formic acid (166.7 g) is added while stirring within 15 min. The reaction mixture is heated to 45° C. and aqueous formaldehyde solution (37%; 132.7 g) is added dropwise with evolution of CO2 within 25 min. Subsequently, stirring is continued at 80° C. for 23 h. After cooling to room temperature, hydrochloric acid (32%; 121.5 g) is added while stirring. The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 3 h and the water is removed on a rotary evaporator under reduced pressure. 500 mL of water are added to the product mixture, and 50% sodium hydroxide solution is used to release the amine. The mixture was extracted twice with methyl tert-butyl ether, the combined organic phases were dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed on a rotary evaporator. The product (143.5 g) exhibited a total amine number of 228 mg KOH/g with 94% tertiary amine.
  • Preparation Example 15 Quaternization of iC13NMe2 with Propylene Oxide/Tetrapropenylsuccinic Acid
  • According to the general synthesis method, iC13NMe2 (preparation example 14), tetrapropenylsuccinic acid and propylene oxide were converted in 2-propylheptanol rather than 2-ethylhexanol.
  • Comparative Example 1 Inventive Example 3 of GB 2496514
  • Dimethyloctadecyl(2-hydroxyhexyl)ammonium acetate wird is obtained by quaternizing n-C18H37NMe2 with hexene oxide/acetic acid. In contrast to all the inventive examples, this product as a 50% solution in 2-ethylhexanol turns cloudy when stored at room temperature over a period of 1 week.
  • Comparative Example 2 Quaternization of Cocoyldimethylamine with Propylene Oxide/Oleic Acid
  • Analogously to the general synthesis method, a 2 L autoclave is initially charged with a solution of cocoyldimethylamine (1 eq.) and oleic acid (1 eq.) in 2-ethylhexanol. The amount of 2-ethylhexanol and the batch size are chosen such that the end product has an active content of 50% and the reactor a fill level of about 70%. This is followed by purging three times with N2, establishment of a supply pressure of about 2 bar of N2 and an increase in the temperature to 50° C. Propylene oxide (2 eq.) is metered in within 1 h. This is followed by stirring at 50° C. for a further 15 h, cooling to 25° C., purging with N2 and emptying of the reactor. The product is transferred into a 2 L jacketed reactor and excess propylene oxide is removed by introducing an N2 stream (10 l/h) under reduced pressure (70 mbar) at 50° C. for 6 h.
  • Comparative Example 3 Quaternization of Cocoyldimethylamine with Propylene Oxide/Oleic Acid
  • Analogously to the general synthesis method, a 2 L autoclave is initially charged with a solution of cocoyldimethylamine (1 eq.) and oleic acid (2 eq.) in 2-ethylhexanol. The amount of 2-ethylhexanol and the batch size are chosen such that the end product has an active content of 50% and the reactor a fill level of about 70%. This is followed by purging three times with N2, establishment of a supply pressure of about 2 bar of N2 and an increase in the temperature to 50° C. Propylene oxide (2 eq.) is metered in within 1 h. This is followed by stirring at 50° C. for a further 15 h, cooling to 25° C., purging with N2 and emptying of the reactor. The product is transferred into a 2 L jacketed reactor and excess propylene oxide is removed by introducing an N2 stream (10 l/h) under reduced pressure (70 mbar) at 50° C. for 6 h.
  • Analysis Example 1 a) Determination of the Quaternization Level
  • Quaternization levels are determined by 1H NMR spectroscopy. For this purpose, the corresponding solvent is removed with a Kugelrohr still (60° C., p=10-3 mbar, 3 h). To determine the quaternization level, the alkyl moiety is integrated against the signals of the quaternized product RCH2 NMe2CH2 CH(OH)R′. The quotients from the integrals of the signals of the quaternized product and the corresponding theoretical values multiplied by 100% give the quaternization level. The values for the different signals are averaged. Residues of solvent (doublet at δ=3.55 ppm for HOCH2 CHRR′) are taken into account.
  • No. Synthesis according to Quaternization level [%]
    1 comparative example 1 71
    2 comparative example 2 59
    3 preparation example 1 99
    4 preparation example 3 92
    5 preparation example 7 99
    6 preparation example 8 90
    7 preparation example 11 85
    8 comparative example 3 79
  • The 1H NMR spectrum of comparative example 2 additionally exhibits a signal at 5=3.98 ppm (dd, J=1.0, 6.0 Hz), which suggests ester formation. Integration of the signal shows the formation of 29% of the esterification product from oleic acid and propylene oxide. A signal at δ=2.21 ppm (s) suggests unreacted cocoyldimethylamine.
  • The process of the invention for quaternization of tertiary fatty amines with alkylene oxides in the presence of alkylidenesuccinic acids surprisingly gives much higher quaternization levels than the comparative examples in which monocarboxylic acids such as acetic acid or oleic acid are used.
  • b) Thermogravimetry
  • For the thermogravimetry analysis, the corresponding solvent was removed with a Kugelrohr still (60-70° C., p=10-3 mbar, 3 h). Thermogravimetry was measured from 30° C. to 900° C. with a temperature rise of 20° C./min. under a nitrogen atmosphere at a flow rate of 60 mL/min. The following changes in mass (TG) at 350° C. were determined:
  • No. Synthesis according to Change in mass (TG) at 350° C.
    1 preparation example 1 17%
    2 preparation example 7 34%
  • C. Use Examples
  • In the use examples which follow, the additives are used either as a pure substance (as synthesized in the above preparation examples) or in the form of an additive package.
  • Use Example 1 Determination of Additive Action on the Formation of Deposits in Diesel Engine Injection Nozzles
  • DW10 test to CEC F-098-08
  • Fuel: summer diesel, no performance additives in accordance with EN 590 B7
  • Part 1: Dirty Up (DU)
  • Zn content in the fuel: 3 mg/kg,
    Duration: 12 hours, non-stop
    Power (t=0 h)=98.2 kW (at start of test)
    Power (t=12 h)=89.9 kW (at end of DU)
    Power loss (t=12 h)=8.5%
  • Part 2: Clean Up (CU)
  • Zn content in the fuel: 1 mg/kg,
    Duration: 6 hours, non-stop
    Additive: 50 ppm of active constituent of additive according to preparation example 2
    Power (t=0 h)=89.2 kW (at start of test)
    Power (t=6 h)=97.5 kW (at end of CU)
  • Based on the starting power value (98.2 kW), a rise in the power from 90.8% to 99.3% is observed after 6 hours.
  • All figures are based on ppm by weight (mg/kg), unless stated otherwise.
  • Use Example 2 DW10 Zn Engine Test (Clean Up)
  • The test was conducted with a Peugeot DW10 engine which is used according to the standard CEC F-98-08 procedure, except modified by more severe conditions in the dirty-up part and a run under full load rather than the CEC F-98-08 procedure. The test consisted of two parts:
  • I. Dirty Up:
  • The more severe conditions allow much quicker formation of injector deposits and hence a quicker power loss determination than under standard CEC F-98-08 conditions: the engine was run for 4.28 h under full load (4000 rpm) with base fuel according to EN590 B7, without performance additives, containing 3 mg/kg Zn. The results are compiled in the table which follows.
  • Power loss in the DU is calculated as follows:
  • Powerloss , du [ % ] = ( 1 - Pend , du P 0 , du ) * 100
  • II. Clean Up:
  • For the clean up test shortened to 8 h according to the CEC F-98-08 procedure with 1 ppm of Zn in the form of a zinc didodecanoate solution and base fuel according to EN590 B7 fuel, without performance additives, comprising inventive additions, the results summarized in the table below were achieved.
  • Power loss in the CU test is calculated as follows (negative number for power loss in the CU test means performance increase)
  • Powerloss , ( DU , CU ) [ % ] = ( Pend , du - pend , cu P 0 , du ) * 100
  • Power Power Power
    before after loss,
    Test Addition test, kW test, kW %
    Dirty up 3 ppm of Zn 98.3 92.9 5.5
    (accelerated
    method), full load
    Clean up, 8 1 ppm of Zn and 93.0 96.4 −3.6
    hours, shortened 33 ppm of sample
    method according to
    according to CEC preparation
    F-98-08 example 1
    Dirty up 3 ppm of Zn 94.8 90.5 4.5
    (accelerated
    method), full load
    Clean up, 8 1 ppm of Zn and 90.0 93.3 −3.0
    hours, shortened 48 ppm of sample
    method according to
    according to CEC preparation
    F-98-08 example 7
    Dirty up 3 ppm of Zn 94.7 90.8 4.1
    (accelerated
    method), full load
    Clean up, 8 1 ppm of Zn and 90.4 94.5 −3.9
    hours, shortened 60 ppm of sample
    method according to
    according to CEC preparation
    F-98-08 example 7
    Dirty up 3 ppm of Zn 93.8 90.2 3.8
    (accelerated
    method), full load
    Clean up, 8 1 ppm of Zn and 91.8 94.6 −4.7
    hours, shortened 60 ppm of sample
    method according to
    according to CEC preparation
    F-98-08 example 13
  • The compounds described in accordance with the invention are effective against the formation of deposits in direct injection engines such as Peugeot DW10, when tested in accordance with CEC F-98-08, and are capable of removing the deposits formed at an earlier stage.
  • Use Example 3 XUD9 Engine Test (Keep Clean)
  • The test was conducted according to the standard procedure CEC F-023-01 with a Peugeot engine XUD9 with diesel base fuel according to EN590 B7, without performance additives.
  • Reduction in
    flow with needle
    Addition stroke 0.1 mm, %
    No addition 76.8
    20 ppm of sample according to preparation example 1 67.3
    100 ppm of sample according to preparation example 1 19.5
    24 ppm of sample according to preparation example 3 46.7
    36 ppm of sample according to preparation example 3 24.0
    36 ppm of sample according to preparation example 7 46.8
    24 ppm of sample according to preparation example 6 52.0
  • The compounds described by the invention are effective against the formation of deposits in indirect injection engines such as Peugeot XUD9, when tested in accordance with CEC F-023-01, and are capable of removing the deposits formed at an earlier stage.
  • Use Example 4 CFPP EN 116 Test
  • The test was conducted according to the DIN EN 116 standard method for determining the cold flow characteristics (cold flow filter plugging point, CFPP) with winter diesel base fuel according to EN590 B7, without performance additives.
  • CFPP temperature
    according to
    Addition EN 116, ° C.
    No addition −27
    40 ppm of sample according to preparation example 1 −28
    80 ppm of sample according to preparation example 1 −26
    40 ppm of sample according to preparation example 3 −27
    120 ppm of sample according to preparation example 3 −26
    70 ppm of sample according to preparation example 7 −29
    80 ppm of sample according to comparative example 1 −22
  • The compounds described in this invention do not cause a deterioration in the cold flow properties nor any deterioration in the CFPP measured according to the EN116 standard.
  • Use Example 5 Motor oil compatibility
  • The test was conducted in accordance with standard DGMK 531 1-A with base fuel according to EN590 B7 without performance additives and Wintershall Multi-Rekord Top 15W-40 motor oil. The product to be tested was mixed with motor oil and heated to 90° C. for 3 days. This was followed by cooling and dilution with diesel fuel to a volume of 500 ml. Then the mixture was filtered through a filter described in the method. A filtration time exceeding 120 seconds was regarded as a fail.
  • Filtration
    Addition in the test time, s Pass/fail
    50% solution of sample according to 105 Pass
    preparation example 1 in ethylhexanol
    50% solution of sample according to 120 Pass
    preparation example 3 in
    propylheptanol
    50% solution of specimen according to >300 Fail, filter
    comparative example 1 blocked
  • The compounds described by the invention do not cause any deterioration in motor oil compatibility measured by the DGMK 531 1-A standard and do not lead to any deterioration in motor oil properties.
  • Use Example 6 Corrosion Test to ASTM D665B (Modified)
  • The test was conducted according to standard ASTM D665 B (modified) with water (synthetic seawater) in a mixture with diesel base fuel according to EN590 B7, without performance additives.
  • The modifications were that the temperature was 60° C. and the duration of the test was 4 hours.
  • The test was evaluated by the NACE assessment. Fuels both with and without additives were examined. The results are listed in the table below.
  • A 100% rust-free
    B++ 0.1% or less of the total surface rusted
    B+ 0.1%-5% of the total surface rusted
    B 5%-25% of the total surface rusted
    C 25%-50% of the total surface rusted
    D 50%-75% of the total surface rusted
    E 75%-100% of the total surface rusted
    Rating in the ASTM
    D665B test (with
    Addition artificial seawater)
    No additions E
    70 ppm of sample according to A
    preparation example 3
    70 ppm of sample according to A
    preparation example 1
    70 ppm of sample according to A
    preparation example 6
    70 ppm of sample according to A
    preparation example 7
  • The compounds described by the invention show very significant anticorrosive action, as shown by ASTM D 665 B (using synthetic seawater).
  • Use Example 7 DW10 Zn Engine Test (Keep Clean)
  • The test was conducted with a Peugeot DW10 engine, by the standard 44-hour CEC F-98-08 procedure. In the tests, a base fuel according to EN590 B7 was used, without performance additives. Fuels both with and without additions were examined. The results are compiled in the table below.
  • Additions Power loss after test, %
    1 ppm of Zn 4.3
    1 ppm of Zn und 36 ppm of sample 0
    according to preparation example 7
  • The compounds described in this invention are effective against the formation of deposits in direct injection engines such as the Peugeot DW10 as used in the test procedure according to CEC F-98-08 and are capable of removing deposits formed beforehand.
  • Use Example 8 HFRR DIN ISO 12156-1 Lubricity Test
  • The test was conducted to the standard DIN ISO 12156-1 test for determination of the lubricity of diesel fuels. The fuel was tested with and without additions. In the measurement, abrasion was determined. The higher the abrasion, the poorer the lubricity properties of the fuel. Coryton B0 fuel having low lubricity was used in this test.
  • HFRR abrasion according to
    Addition DIN ISO 12156-1 test, μm
    No addition 518
    70 ppm of sample according to 365
    preparation example 1
  • The compounds described in accordance with the invention can improve lubricity of diesel fuels and prevent malfunction of fuel pumps as measured in the DIN ISO 12156-1 test.
  • Use Example 9 DW10 Na Soap IDID Test (Clean Up)
  • To examine the influence of the additives on the performance of direct injection diesel engines, as a further test method, the IDID engine test, in which the exhaust gas temperatures in the cylinders at the cylinder outlet were determined on cold starting of the DW10 engine. A direct injection diesel engine with common rail system from the manufacturer Peugeot as per test method CEC F-098-08 was used. The fuel used was a commercial B7 diesel fuel according to EN 590. To artificially induce the formation of deposits, 1 mg/L of Na in the form of sodium naphthenate and 20 mg/L of dodecenylsuccinic acid were added in each case.
  • Similarly to the CEC F-98-08 method, the engine power is measured during the test.
  • The test consisted of two parts:
  • I. Dirty-up:
  • The test was conducted without addition of compounds according to this invention. The test was shortened to 8 hours; the CEC F-98-08 method was conducted without addition of Zn, but with addition of sodium naphthenate and dodecylsuccinic acid (DDS). If significant deviations in exhaust gas temperatures were observed, the test was stopped before the 8-hour mark was reached, in order to avoid engine damage. After the dirty-up run, the engine was left to cool and then restarted and operated in idling mode for 5 minutes. During these 5 minutes, the engine was warmed up. The exhaust gas temperature of each cylinder was recorded. The smaller the differences between the exhaust gas temperatures found, the smaller the amount of IDIDs formed.
  • The exhaust gas temperatures of the 4 cylinders (“C1” to “C4”) were measured at each of the cylinder outlets after 0 minutes (“θ0”) and after 5 minutes (“θ5”). The results of the exhaust gas temperature measurements with average values (“Δ”) and the greatest differences from Δ in the downward (“−”) and upward (“+”) directions for the two test runs are summarized in the overview which follows.
  • II. Clean-up:
  • The test was shortened to 8 hours; the CEC F-98-08 method was conducted without addition of Zn. However, 1 mg/L of Na in the form of sodium naphthenate and 20 mg/L of dodecenylsuccinic acid, and also an inventive compound, were added in each case, and the engine power was determined.
  • After the clean-up, the engine was cooled and restarted. The exhaust gas temperature of each cylinder was recorded. The smaller the differences between the exhaust gas temperatures found, the smaller the amount of IDIDs formed.
  • The exhaust gas temperatures of the 4 cylinders (“C1” to “C4”) were measured at each of the cylinder outlets after 0 minutes (“θ0”) and after 5 minutes (“θ5”). The results of the exhaust gas temperature measurements with average values (“Δ”) and the greatest differences from Δ in the downward (“−”) and upward (“+”) directions are summarized in the overview which follows.
  • Dirty-Up Clean-Up Sequence 1: Dirty-up:
  • Significant deviations in exhaust gas temperatures were found during the test, and so it was stopped after 3 hours, in order to avoid engine damage.
      • After dirty-up:
  • θ0 C1: 40° C. C2: 35° C. C3: 32° C. C4: 48° C.
    θ5 C1: 117° C. C2: 45° C. C3: 47° C. C4: 109° C. Δ: 79.5° C. (+37.5° C./−32.5° C.)
  • Significant deviations from the mean and significant differences between the individual cylinders show the presence of IDIDs.
      • Clean-up:
  • After clean-up with 150 ppm of sample according to preparation example 1 in the presence of 1 mg/L of Na+20 mg/L of dodecenylsuccinic acid:
  • θ0 C1: 42° C. C2: 42° C. C3: 29° C. C4: 34° C.
    θ5 C1: 85° C. C2: 86° C. C3: 57° C. C4: 53° C. Δ: 70.3° C.
    (−17.3° C./
    +15.7° C.)
  • The deviation from the mean temperature of the exhaust gases is low, which suggests the removal of IDIDs.
  • The compounds described by the invention are very effective against the formation of IDIDs in direct injection engines, as can be seen by the example of the Peugeot DW10, which is used in the test in a similar manner to the CEC F-98-08 procedure, but in the presence of 1 mg/L of Na in the form of sodium naphthenate and 20 mg/L of dodecenylsuccinic acid.
  • Use Example 10 DW10 Na Power Loss Test (Clean Up)
  • To study the efficacy of the compounds of the invention against power loss, caused by metals such as Na, K, Ca and others (and not by Zn as described above), an IDID engine test as described above was used. During the dirty-up and clean-up run, the performance is measured to CEC F-098-08, with a shortened clean-up period as described above.
  • Power loss in the DU is calculated as follows:
  • Powerloss , du [ % ] = ( 1 - Pend , du P 0 , du ) * 100
  • Power loss in the CU test is calculated as follows (negative number for power loss in the CU test means performance increase):
  • Powerloss , ( DU , CU ) [ % ] = ( Pend , du - pend , cu P 0 , du ) * 100
  • Power Power Power
    before after loss,
    Test Addition test, kW test, kW %
    Dirty up, 8 hours, 1 mg/L of Na + 20 97.6 92.3 5.4
    method as mg/L of
    described above dodecenylsuccinic
    acid
    Clean up, 8 hours, 1 mg/L Na + 20 91.6 93.0 −0.7
    method as mg/L
    described above dodecenylsuccinic
    acid and 150 ppm of
    sample according
    to preparation
    example 1
  • The compounds described in this invention are effective against the formation of deposits which are caused by metals other than Zn, such as Na, K, Ca, as shown by the above Na power loss test.
  • Use Example 11 Injector Cleanliness (Direct Injection Gasoline Engine; DISI)
  • a) Products used in the use tests that follow:
    • Test 1: no additive (base run)
    • Test 2: C16-dimethylamine+PIB-succinic acid+PO (preparation example 7), active content 25 mg/kg
    • Test 3: Tridecyldimethylamine+dodecenylsuccinic acid+PO (preparation example 15), active content 25 mg/kg
    • Test 4: Dimethylethanolamine/15PO+dodecenylsuccinic acid (preparation example 16), active content 25 mg/kg
  • In all tests, European RON 92 EO gasoline fuel was used.
  • b) The tests were conducted by the following method, originally described in US2013225463.
    Method: in-house BASF method
    Engine: turbocharged four-cylinder engine with capacity 1.6 liters
    Test duration: 60 hours
  • Test Results:
  • Change2) in the Appearance
    Test FR value1) of injector
    Test 1 (base run) +4.54% FIG. 2A
    Test
    2 −2.66% FIG. 2B
    Test 3 −1.90% FIG. 2C
    Test 4 −1.99% FIG. 2D
    1)The FR value is a parameter detected by the engine management system, which correlates with the duration of the injection operation of the fuel into the combustion chamber. The more marked the formation of deposits in the injector nozzles, the longer the injection time and the higher the FR value. Conversely, the FR value remains constant or has a slightly decreasing tendency when the injector nozzles remain free of deposits.
    2)Change in the FR value in % compared to the FR value at the start of the test (the greater the positive values, the more deposits are formed in the injector and the greater the contamination of the injector)
  • The results found demonstrate that the products described above in the inventive examples are suitable for preventing the formation of deposits in injectors of direct injection gasoline engines and of removing deposits formed beforehand.
  • The disclosure of the publications cited herein is explicitly incorporated by reference.

Claims (25)

1: A method for preparing a fuel composition, a lubricant composition or a kerosene composition, comprising:
adding to a fuel, a lubricant or a kerosene, a reaction product comprising a quaternized nitrogen compound or of a fraction thereof obtained from the reaction product by purification;
wherein:
the reaction product is obtained by reacting a quaternizable nitrogen compound comprising at least one quaternizable amino group with a quaternizing agent which converts the at least one quaternizable, amino group to a quaternary ammonium group; and
the quaternizing agent is a hydrocarbyl epoxide that is in combination with a free hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid.
2: The method according to claim 1, wherein the reaction product reduces the fuel consumption of a direct injection diesel engine.
3: The method according to claim 1, wherein the reaction product is added to a gasoline fuel and reduces the level of deposits in the intake system of a gasoline engine.
4: The method according to claim 1, wherein the reaction product is added to a diesel fuel and reduces and/or prevents deposits in an intake system.
5: The method according to claim 1, wherein the quaternizable nitrogen compound is selected from the group consisting of:
at least one alkylamine of the following formula 3:

RaRbRcN  (3);
where at least one of Ra, Rb and Rc radicals is a straight-chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated C8-C40-hydrocarbyl radical and the other radicals are identical or different, straight-chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated C1-C6-hydrocarbyl radicals; or
where Ra, Rb and Rc radicals are identical or different, straight-chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated C8-C40-hydrocarbyl radicals;
at least one polyalkene-substituted amine comprising at least one quaternizable, amino group;
at least one polyether-substituted amine comprising at least one quaternizable, amino group; and
at least one reaction product of a hydrocarbyl-substituted acylating agent and a compound comprising a nitrogen or oxygen atom and further comprising at least one quaternizable amino group; and
a mixture thereof.
6: The method according to claim 1, wherein the quaternizing agent comprises an epoxide of formula 4:
Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00060
where the Rd radicals are the same or different and are each a H or a hydrocarbyl radical, the hydrocarbyl radical being an aliphatic or aromatic radical comprising 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
7: The method according to claim 1, wherein the quaternizing agent comprises a free acid which is a hydrocarbyl-substituted C3-C28-dicarboxylic acid.
8: The method according to claim 1, wherein the hydrocarbyl substituent of the hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid has a number-average molecular weight (Mn) of 85 to 20 000 or comprises a polyalkylene radical having a degree of polymerization of 2 to 100, or 3 to 50 or 4 to 25.
9: The method according to claim 5, wherein the quaternizable nitrogen compound is a compound of formula 3 where at least two of the Ra, Rb and Rc radicals are the same or different and are each a straight-chain or branched C10-C20-alkyl radical and the other radical is C1-C4-alkyl.
10: The method according to claim 1, wherein the quaternizing agent is a lower alkylene oxide that is in combination with a polyalkenyl-substituted dicarboxylic acid.
11: The method according to claim 1, wherein the fuel is selected from the group consisting of a diesel fuel, a biodiesel fuel, a gasoline fuel, and an alkanol-containing gasoline fuel.
12: A quaternized nitrogen compound in a reaction product obtained by the method according to claim 1.
13: A process for preparing a quaternized nitrogen compound according to claim 12, comprising:
reacting a quaternizable nitrogen compound comprising at least one quaternizable tertiary amino group with a quaternizing agent which converts the at least one tertiary amino group to a quaternary ammonium group;
wherein the quaternizing agent is a hydrocarbyl epoxide that is in combination with a free hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid.
14: An additive concentrate comprising, in combination with at least one selected from the group consisting of a diesel fuel additive, a gasoline fuel additive a lubricant additive, at least one quaternized nitrogen compound prepared by the process according to claim 13.
15: A fuel composition, a lubricant composition or a kerosene composition comprising, in a majority of a customary fuel or a customary lubricant, a proportion of at least one reaction product comprising a quaternized nitrogen compound, or a fraction thereof obtained from the reaction product by purification;
wherein:
the reaction product is obtained by reacting a quaternizable nitrogen compound comprising at least one quaternizable tertiary amino group with a quaternizing agent which converts the at least one tertiary amino group to a quaternary ammonium group; and
the quaternizing agent is a hydrocarbyl epoxide that is in combination with a free hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid.
16: The fuel composition, the lubricant composition or the kerosene composition according to claim 15, wherein the quaternizable compound is selected from the group consisting of:
at least one alkylamine of the following formula 3:

RaRbRcN  (3);
where at least one of Ra, Rb and Rc radicals is a straight-chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated C8-C40-hydrocarbyl radical and the other radicals are identical or different, straight-chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated C1-C6-hydrocarbyl radicals; or
where Ra, Rb and Rc radicals are identical or different, straight-chain or branched, saturated or unsaturated C8-C40-hydrocarbyl radicals;
at least one polyalkene-substituted amine comprising at least one quaternizable, amino group;
at least one polyether-substituted amine comprising at least one quaternizable, amino group; and
at least one reaction product of a hydrocarbyl-substituted acylating agent and a compound comprising a nitrogen or oxygen atom and further comprising at least one quaternizable amino group; and
a mixture thereof.
17: The fuel composition, the lubricant composition or the kerosene composition according to claim 15, wherein the quaternizing agent comprises an epoxide of formula 4:
Figure US20160130514A1-20160512-C00061
where the Rd radicals are the same or different and are each a H or a hydrocarbyl radical, the hydrocarbyl radical being an aliphatic or aromatic radical comprising 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
18: The fuel composition, the lubricant composition or the kerosene composition according to claim 15, wherein the quaternizing agent comprises a free acid which is a hydrocarbyl-substituted C3-C28-dicarboxylic acid.
19: The fuel composition, the lubricant composition or the kerosene composition according to claim 15, wherein the hydrocarbyl substituent of the hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid has a number-average molecular weight (Mn) of 85 to 20 000 or comprises a polyalkylene radical having a degree of polymerization of 2 to 100, or 3 to 50 or 4 to 25.
20: The fuel composition, the lubricant composition or the kerosene composition according to claim 17, wherein the quaternizable nitrogen compound is a compound of formula 3 where at least two of the Ra, Rb and Rc radicals are the same or different and are each a straight-chain or branched C10-C20-alkyl radical and the other radical is C1-C4-alkyl.
21: The fuel composition, the lubricant composition or the kerosene composition according to claim 15, wherein the quaternizing agent is a lower alkylene oxide that is in combination with a polyalkenyl-substituted dicarboxylic acid.
22: The fuel composition, the lubricant composition or the kerosene composition according to claim 15, wherein the fuel, the lubricant or the kerosene is selected from the group consisting of a diesel fuel, a biodiesel fuel, a gasoline fuel, and an alkanol-containing gasoline fuel.
23: A method for preparing a fuel composition, a lubricant composition or a kerosene composition, comprising:
adding to a fuel, a lubricant or a kerosene, a component fraction of a reaction product comprising a quaternized nitrogen compound and a free hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as a counterion;
wherein:
the reaction product is obtained by reacting a quaternizable nitrogen compound comprising at least one quaternizable amino group with a quaternizing agent which converts the at least one quaternizable nitrogen group to a quaternary ammonium group; and
the quaternizing agent is a hydrocarbyl epoxide that is in combination with a free hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid.
24: The method according to claim 1, wherein the quaternizable amino group is a tertiary amino group.
25: The method according to claim 24, wherein the 0.1 to 4.0 equivalents of the hydrocarbyl epoxide are used per equivalent of the tertiary amino group.
US14/896,598 2013-06-07 2014-06-06 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants Abandoned US20160130514A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/678,974 US10407634B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2017-08-16 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP13171057.6A EP2811007A1 (en) 2013-06-07 2013-06-07 Alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid quaternised alkylamine as additives in fuels and lubricants and their use
EP13171057.6 2013-06-07
EP14151379 2014-01-16
EP14151379.6 2014-01-16
PCT/EP2014/061834 WO2014195464A1 (en) 2013-06-07 2014-06-06 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2014/061834 A-371-Of-International WO2014195464A1 (en) 2013-06-07 2014-06-06 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/678,974 Continuation US10407634B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2017-08-16 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20160130514A1 true US20160130514A1 (en) 2016-05-12

Family

ID=50928102

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/896,598 Abandoned US20160130514A1 (en) 2013-06-07 2014-06-06 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants
US15/678,974 Active US10407634B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2017-08-16 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants
US16/528,427 Active US10676685B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2019-07-31 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants
US16/860,200 Active US11111449B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2020-04-28 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants
US17/444,440 Active 2034-08-12 US11912950B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2021-08-04 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants

Family Applications After (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/678,974 Active US10407634B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2017-08-16 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants
US16/528,427 Active US10676685B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2019-07-31 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants
US16/860,200 Active US11111449B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2020-04-28 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants
US17/444,440 Active 2034-08-12 US11912950B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2021-08-04 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (5) US20160130514A1 (en)
EP (4) EP4190882A1 (en)
KR (1) KR102271403B1 (en)
CN (1) CN105849238B (en)
AU (2) AU2014276831B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2914279C (en)
ES (3) ES2829274T3 (en)
HU (1) HUE051178T2 (en)
MY (2) MY170788A (en)
PL (3) PL3205705T3 (en)
RU (1) RU2690497C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2014195464A1 (en)

Cited By (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018007486A1 (en) * 2016-07-07 2018-01-11 Basf Se Polymers as additives for fuels and lubricants
US10011795B1 (en) * 2017-12-27 2018-07-03 Afton Chemical Corporation Fuel additive mixtures and fuels containing them
WO2018186040A1 (en) * 2017-04-04 2018-10-11 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Ionic liquid, lubricant for magnetic recording medium and magnetic recording medium
JP2018178079A (en) * 2017-04-04 2018-11-15 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Ionic liquid, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
US10308888B1 (en) * 2018-06-15 2019-06-04 Afton Chemical Corporation Quaternary ammonium fuel additives
US10351791B2 (en) 2013-07-26 2019-07-16 Innospec Limited Quaternary ammonium compounds as fuel or lubricant additives
US20200377811A1 (en) * 2017-03-30 2020-12-03 Innospec Limited Method and use
US11008526B2 (en) 2019-07-23 2021-05-18 Croda Inc. Demulsifier for quaternary ammonium salt containing fuels
US11078418B2 (en) * 2016-07-05 2021-08-03 Basf Se Corrosion inhibitors for fuels and lubricants
US11085001B2 (en) 2015-07-16 2021-08-10 Basf Se Copolymers as additives for fuels and lubricants
US11168273B2 (en) 2014-01-29 2021-11-09 Basf Se Polycarboxylic acid-based additives for fuels and lubricants
US11220647B2 (en) * 2013-07-26 2022-01-11 Innospec Limited Diesel fuel compositions and methods of use thereof
US11884890B1 (en) 2023-02-07 2024-01-30 Afton Chemical Corporation Gasoline additive composition for improved engine performance
US11912950B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2024-02-27 Basf Se Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants

Families Citing this family (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ES2728510T3 (en) 2013-07-12 2019-10-25 Basf Se Use of a hydrocarbyl-substituted dicarboxylic acid to improve or increase water separation from gasoline fuels
WO2015114051A1 (en) 2014-01-29 2015-08-06 Basf Se Polymers as additives for fuels and lubricants
GB201413355D0 (en) 2014-07-28 2014-09-10 Innospec Ltd Compositons and methods
EP3322774A1 (en) * 2015-07-15 2018-05-23 Basf Se Use of corrosion inhibitors for fuels and lubricants
WO2017096175A1 (en) * 2015-12-02 2017-06-08 The Lubrizol Corporation Ultra-low molecular weight imide containing quaternary ammonium salts having short hydrocarbon tails
WO2017144376A1 (en) * 2016-02-23 2017-08-31 Basf Se Alkylene oxide- and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid of quaternized nitrogen compounds as friction-reducing additive for fuels
US10947467B2 (en) 2016-12-15 2021-03-16 Basf Se Polymers as additives for fuels
GB201705091D0 (en) * 2017-03-30 2017-05-17 Innospec Ltd Compositions and methods and uses relating thereto
GB201805238D0 (en) 2018-03-29 2018-05-16 Innospec Ltd Composition, method and use
CN114051527A (en) 2019-06-26 2022-02-15 巴斯夫欧洲公司 Novel gasoline fuel additive package
EP4038166A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2022-08-10 Basf Se Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants
CN111087313B (en) * 2019-12-18 2023-04-07 联泓(江苏)新材料研究院有限公司 Quaternary ammonium salt polymer and preparation method and application thereof
PL3940043T3 (en) 2020-07-14 2024-02-19 Basf Se Corrosion inhibitors for fuels and lubricants
EP3945126B1 (en) 2020-07-31 2024-03-13 Basf Se Dehazing compositions for fuels
WO2022096310A1 (en) 2020-11-04 2022-05-12 Basf Se Aqueous emulsifier package with anionic surfactant for fuel emulsion
US20240034941A1 (en) 2020-11-20 2024-02-01 Basf Se New mixtures for improving or boosting the separation of water from fuels
CN116568782A (en) 2020-12-16 2023-08-08 巴斯夫欧洲公司 Novel mixtures for improving the stability of additive packages
US20240101919A1 (en) 2021-01-27 2024-03-28 Basf Se Branched primary alkyl amines as additives for gasoline fuels
CN113030444A (en) * 2021-03-25 2021-06-25 上海润凯油液监测有限公司 Method for measuring compatibility of lubricating oil
EP4074810B1 (en) 2021-04-15 2023-11-15 Basf Se New compositions for reducing crystallization of paraffin crystals in fuels
WO2022223345A1 (en) 2021-04-22 2022-10-27 Basf Se Polyisobutene derivatives as an additive in rubbers
EP4105301A1 (en) 2021-06-15 2022-12-21 Basf Se New gasoline additive packages
WO2022263244A1 (en) 2021-06-16 2022-12-22 Basf Se Quaternized betaines as additives in fuels
EP4163353A1 (en) 2021-10-06 2023-04-12 Basf Se Method for reducing deposits on intake valves
EP4166630A1 (en) 2021-10-15 2023-04-19 Basf Se Process for reduction of asphaltenes from marine fuels
EP4166631A1 (en) 2021-10-15 2023-04-19 Basf Se Process for reduction of asphaltenes from marine fuels
WO2023117875A1 (en) 2021-12-21 2023-06-29 Basf Se Environmental attributes for amino resin compositions
WO2023137304A2 (en) * 2022-01-11 2023-07-20 Mighty Pipeline, Inc. Ammonia-hydrocarbon fuel compositions, methods of use, and systems thereof
EP4269541A1 (en) 2022-04-29 2023-11-01 Basf Se New mixtures for improving or boosting the separation of water from fuels
WO2024061760A1 (en) 2022-09-23 2024-03-28 Basf Se Reducing the crystallisation of paraffins in fuels
DE102022131356A1 (en) 2022-11-28 2023-01-12 Basf Se Formamidines as fuel additives
DE102022131890A1 (en) 2022-12-01 2023-01-26 Basf Se Guanidine derivatives as fuel additives
DE102022132342A1 (en) 2022-12-06 2023-01-26 Basf Se Guanidinium salts as fuel additives

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20120149617A1 (en) * 2010-12-09 2012-06-14 Basf Se Polytetrahydrobenzoxazines and bistetrahydrobenzoxazines and use thereof as a fuel additive or lubricant additive
WO2012162282A1 (en) * 2011-05-26 2012-11-29 The Lubrizol Corporation Stabilized blends containing friction modifiers
US8915977B2 (en) * 2013-04-26 2014-12-23 Afton Chemical Corporation Gasoline fuel composition for improved performance in fuel injected engines

Family Cites Families (90)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE838918C (en) 1950-08-22 1952-05-15 Siemens Ag Starting auxiliary device for electric drives of heavy starting machines
DE1271877B (en) 1963-04-23 1968-07-04 Lubrizol Corp Lubricating oil
NL296139A (en) 1963-08-02
NL145565B (en) 1965-01-28 1975-04-15 Shell Int Research PROCESS FOR PREPARING A LUBRICANT COMPOSITION.
US3574576A (en) 1965-08-23 1971-04-13 Chevron Res Distillate fuel compositions having a hydrocarbon substituted alkylene polyamine
FR2039273B1 (en) 1969-04-18 1975-03-07 Ja
GB1316423A (en) 1969-05-14 1973-05-09 Gkn Transmissions Ltd Change-speed gearing
US3755433A (en) 1971-12-16 1973-08-28 Texaco Inc Ashless lubricating oil dispersant
GB1434724A (en) 1972-04-17 1976-05-05 Rech Et Dapplications Scient S Spasmolytic medicines comprising a vidiquil derivative
GB1445993A (en) 1973-06-27 1976-08-11 Exxon Research Engineering Co Lubricating oil compositions
GB1483729A (en) 1973-09-13 1977-08-24 Shell Int Research Process for the preparation of an alkylsuccinic acid or the anhydride thereof
GB1460999A (en) 1973-11-07 1977-01-06 Lubrizol Corp Salts of mannich bases or derivatives thereof and liquid hydrocarbon fuels containing them
US4171959A (en) 1977-12-14 1979-10-23 Texaco Inc. Fuel composition containing quaternary ammonium salts of succinimides
US4234435A (en) 1979-02-23 1980-11-18 The Lubrizol Corporation Novel carboxylic acid acylating agents, derivatives thereof, concentrate and lubricant compositions containing the same, and processes for their preparation
US4248719A (en) 1979-08-24 1981-02-03 Texaco Inc. Quaternary ammonium salts and lubricating oil containing said salts as dispersants
US4464182A (en) 1981-03-31 1984-08-07 Exxon Research & Engineering Co. Glycol ester flow improver additive for distillate fuels
JPS58138791A (en) 1982-02-10 1983-08-17 Nippon Oil & Fats Co Ltd Fluidity improver for fuel oil
EP0098802B1 (en) 1982-07-05 1987-11-04 BASF Aktiengesellschaft Process for the preparation of quaternary ammonium salts
US4621141A (en) 1984-04-26 1986-11-04 Mobil Oil Corporation Additives for improving low temperature characteristics of fuels and method for use thereof
JPS6112197A (en) 1984-06-27 1986-01-20 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Video display device
US4690687A (en) 1985-08-16 1987-09-01 The Lubrizol Corporation Fuel products comprising a lead scavenger
DE3611230A1 (en) 1986-04-04 1987-10-08 Basf Ag POLYBUTYL AND POLYISOBUTYLAMINE, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND THE FUEL AND LUBRICANT COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THE SAME
IN184481B (en) 1986-09-24 2000-08-26 Exxon Chemical Patents Inc
GB8712442D0 (en) 1987-05-27 1987-07-01 Exxon Chemical Patents Inc Diesel fuel composition
ATE74620T1 (en) 1987-09-15 1992-04-15 Basf Ag FUELS FOR GASOLINE ENGINES.
DE3732908A1 (en) 1987-09-30 1989-04-13 Basf Ag FUELS CONTAINING POLYETHERAMINE FOR OTTO ENGINES
US4839068A (en) * 1987-10-01 1989-06-13 The Lubrizol Corporation Polysuccinate esters and lubricating compositions comprising same
US4877416A (en) 1987-11-18 1989-10-31 Chevron Research Company Synergistic fuel compositions
US4849572A (en) 1987-12-22 1989-07-18 Exxon Chemical Patents Inc. Process for preparing polybutenes having enhanced reactivity using boron trifluoride catalysts (PT-647)
US4904401A (en) 1988-06-13 1990-02-27 The Lubrizol Corporation Lubricating oil compositions
DE3826308A1 (en) 1988-08-03 1990-02-08 Mids Magnet Inf Datensyst Gmbh Identity card
DE3826608A1 (en) 1988-08-05 1990-02-08 Basf Ag FUELS CONTAINING POLYETHERAMINE OR POLYETHERAMINE DERIVATIVES FOR OTTO ENGINES
DE3838918A1 (en) 1988-11-17 1990-05-23 Basf Ag FUELS FOR COMBUSTION ENGINES
GB8907801D0 (en) 1989-04-06 1989-05-17 Exxon Chemical Patents Inc Improved fuel oil compositions
DE4030164A1 (en) 1990-09-24 1992-03-26 Basf Ag FUELS FOR COMBUSTION ENGINES AND LUBRICANTS CONTAINING HIGHLY MOLECULAR AMINO ALCOHOLS
DE4142241A1 (en) 1991-12-20 1993-06-24 Basf Ag FUELS FOR OTTO ENGINES
GB9204709D0 (en) 1992-03-03 1992-04-15 Exxon Chemical Patents Inc Additives for oils
DE4208756A1 (en) 1992-03-19 1993-09-23 Basf Ag DIAMINO ALCANES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF, AND FUELS AND LUBRICANTS CONTAINING THE DIAMINO ALKANS
DE4214810A1 (en) 1992-05-04 1993-11-11 Basf Ag µ-Aminonitrile and N-alkyl-1,3-propylenediamines and their use as fuel and lubricant additives
DE4309074A1 (en) 1993-03-20 1994-09-22 Basf Ag Mixtures suitable as fuel additives
DE4309271A1 (en) 1993-03-23 1994-09-29 Basf Ag Fuel additives, processes for their production and fuels for gasoline engines containing the additives
DE4313088A1 (en) 1993-04-22 1994-10-27 Basf Ag Poly-1-n-alkeneamines and fuel and lubricant compositions containing them
DE4319672A1 (en) 1993-06-14 1994-12-15 Basf Ag Process for the preparation of polyisobutyl succinic anhydrides
DE4325237A1 (en) 1993-07-28 1995-02-02 Basf Ag Process for the preparation of alkoxylation products in the presence of mixed hydroxides modified with additives
AT400149B (en) 1993-08-17 1995-10-25 Oemv Ag ADDITIVE FOR UNLEADED FUEL AND THIS CONTAINING FUEL
DE4425834A1 (en) 1994-07-21 1996-01-25 Basf Ag Reaction products made of polyisobutenes and nitrogen oxides or mixtures of nitrogen oxides and oxygen and their use as fuel and lubricant additives
DE4425835A1 (en) 1994-07-21 1996-01-25 Basf Ag Use of reaction products made of polyolefins and nitrogen oxides or mixtures of nitrogen oxides and oxygen as additives for fuels
DE4432038A1 (en) 1994-09-09 1996-03-14 Basf Ag Fuels containing polyetheramines for gasoline engines
US5569644A (en) 1995-05-18 1996-10-29 The Lubrizol Corporation Additive combinations for lubricants and functional fluids
DE19519042A1 (en) 1995-05-24 1996-11-28 Basf Ag Production of polyalkenylsuccinic acid derivatives and their use as fuel and lubricant additives
DE19525938A1 (en) 1995-07-17 1997-01-23 Basf Ag Process for the production of organic nitrogen compounds, special organic nitrogen compounds and mixtures of such compounds and their use as fuel and lubricant additives
DE19620262A1 (en) 1996-05-20 1997-11-27 Basf Ag Process for the preparation of polyalkenamines
FR2751982B1 (en) 1996-07-31 2000-03-03 Elf Antar France ONCTUOSITY ADDITIVE FOR ENGINE FUEL AND FUEL COMPOSITION
GB9618546D0 (en) 1996-09-05 1996-10-16 Bp Chemicals Additives Dispersants/detergents for hydrocarbons fuels
IT1291919B1 (en) 1997-05-30 1999-01-21 Sigma Tau Ind Farmaceuti WATER-SOLUBLE SALTS OF DODECANDIOIC ACID AND PHARMACEUTICAL AND NUTRITIONAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SUCH SALTS
US6165235A (en) 1997-08-26 2000-12-26 The Lubrizol Corporation Low chlorine content compositions for use in lubricants and fuels
DE19754039A1 (en) 1997-12-05 1999-06-24 Basf Ag Process for the production of ethylene copolymers in segmented tubular reactors and use of the copolymers as flow improvers
US6143038A (en) 1998-04-27 2000-11-07 Takemoto Yushi Kabushiki Kaisha Agents for and methods of processing synthetic fibers
GB9827366D0 (en) 1998-12-11 1999-02-03 Exxon Chemical Patents Inc Macromolecular materials
DE19905211A1 (en) 1999-02-09 2000-08-10 Basf Ag Fuel composition
DE19948111A1 (en) 1999-10-06 2001-04-12 Basf Ag Process for the preparation of Mannich adducts containing polyisobutene phenol
DE19948114A1 (en) 1999-10-06 2001-04-12 Basf Ag Process for the preparation of Mannich adducts containing polyisobutene phenol
DE60119918T3 (en) 2000-03-31 2010-07-01 Texaco Development Corp. FUEL COMPOSITION FOR FRICTIONAL IMPROVEMENT DELIVERY IMPROVEMENT
DE10102913A1 (en) 2001-01-23 2002-07-25 Basf Ag Alkoxylated alkylphenols used as additives for fuel or lubricant compositions, have a long-chain alkyl group with tertiary or quaternary carbon atoms
US6784317B2 (en) 2001-05-02 2004-08-31 Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc Production of quaternary ammonium salt of hydroxycarboxylic acid and quarternary ammonium salt of inorganic acid
DE10243361A1 (en) 2002-09-18 2004-04-01 Basf Ag Alkoxylate mixture used in laundry and cleaning detergents for washing and cleaning textiles contains alkoxylates of alkanols with different chain lengths with ethylene oxide and optionally other alkylene oxide(s)
RU2226206C2 (en) * 2002-06-06 2004-03-27 Открытое акционерное общество "Ачинский нефтеперерабатывающий завод ВНК" Gasoline additive, fuel composition
DE10247795A1 (en) 2002-10-14 2004-04-22 Basf Ag Use of an additive mixture containing homopolymer of a hydrocarbylvinyl ether for improving the action of a cold flow improver for fuel oil compositions and for decreasing the Cold Filter Plugging Point with avoidance of aspiration
DE10356595A1 (en) 2003-12-04 2005-06-30 Basf Ag Fuel oil compositions with improved cold flow properties
CA2611306C (en) 2005-06-16 2015-11-24 The Lubrizol Corporation Quaternary ammonium salt detergents for use in fuels
US20080113890A1 (en) 2006-11-09 2008-05-15 The Lubrizol Corporation Quaternary Ammonium Salt of a Polyalkene-Substituted Amine Compound
WO2008138336A2 (en) 2007-05-10 2008-11-20 Lars Barthold Nielsen Apparatus for exploiting reciprocating motion of water
WO2008138836A2 (en) 2007-05-11 2008-11-20 Basf Se Method for production of polyisobutyl succinate anhydrides
EP2033945A1 (en) 2007-09-06 2009-03-11 Infineum International Limited Quaternary ammonium salts
KR101895614B1 (en) 2009-05-15 2018-09-05 더루우브리졸코오포레이션 Quaternary ammonium amide and/or ester salts
GB201003973D0 (en) * 2010-03-10 2010-04-21 Innospec Ltd Fuel compositions
MX2013000054A (en) * 2010-07-06 2013-03-18 Basf Se Acid-free quaternised nitrogen compounds and use thereof as additives in fuels and lubricants.
EP2540808A1 (en) 2011-06-28 2013-01-02 Basf Se Quaternised nitrogen compounds and their use as additives in fuels and lubricants
WO2013043332A1 (en) 2011-09-23 2013-03-28 The Lubrizol Corporation Quaternary ammonium salts in heating oils
US20130225463A1 (en) 2011-11-04 2013-08-29 Markus Hansch Quaternized polyether amines and their use as additive for fuels and lubricants
EP2589647A1 (en) 2011-11-04 2013-05-08 Basf Se Quaternised polyether amines and their use as additives in fuels and lubricants
CA2789907A1 (en) 2011-11-11 2013-05-11 Afton Chemical Corporation Fuel additive for improved performance of direct fuel injected engines
US9574149B2 (en) 2011-11-11 2017-02-21 Afton Chemical Corporation Fuel additive for improved performance of direct fuel injected engines
EP2604674A1 (en) 2011-12-12 2013-06-19 Basf Se Use of quaternised alkylamine as additive in fuels and lubricants
CA2889031A1 (en) 2012-10-23 2014-05-01 Basf Se Quaternized ammonium salts of hydrocarbyl epoxides and use thereof as additives in fuels and lubricants
KR102271403B1 (en) 2013-06-07 2021-06-30 바스프 에스이 Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants
GB201313423D0 (en) 2013-07-26 2013-09-11 Innospec Ltd Compositions and methods
CN107547591A (en) 2016-06-27 2018-01-05 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Upgrade server, set top box, set top box upgrading file delivery method and system
KR102091924B1 (en) * 2018-04-19 2020-03-20 백경파 Shock Absorber Of Road
US20200022921A1 (en) 2018-07-23 2020-01-23 Translate Bio, Inc. Dry powder formulations for messenger rna

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20120149617A1 (en) * 2010-12-09 2012-06-14 Basf Se Polytetrahydrobenzoxazines and bistetrahydrobenzoxazines and use thereof as a fuel additive or lubricant additive
WO2012162282A1 (en) * 2011-05-26 2012-11-29 The Lubrizol Corporation Stabilized blends containing friction modifiers
US8915977B2 (en) * 2013-04-26 2014-12-23 Afton Chemical Corporation Gasoline fuel composition for improved performance in fuel injected engines

Cited By (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11912950B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2024-02-27 Basf Se Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants
US11220647B2 (en) * 2013-07-26 2022-01-11 Innospec Limited Diesel fuel compositions and methods of use thereof
US10351791B2 (en) 2013-07-26 2019-07-16 Innospec Limited Quaternary ammonium compounds as fuel or lubricant additives
US11066617B2 (en) 2013-07-26 2021-07-20 Innospec Limited Quaternary ammonium compounds as fuel or lubricant additives
US11168273B2 (en) 2014-01-29 2021-11-09 Basf Se Polycarboxylic acid-based additives for fuels and lubricants
US11634654B2 (en) 2014-01-29 2023-04-25 Basf Se Polycarboxylic acid-based additives for fuels and lubricants
US11085001B2 (en) 2015-07-16 2021-08-10 Basf Se Copolymers as additives for fuels and lubricants
US11078418B2 (en) * 2016-07-05 2021-08-03 Basf Se Corrosion inhibitors for fuels and lubricants
WO2018007486A1 (en) * 2016-07-07 2018-01-11 Basf Se Polymers as additives for fuels and lubricants
US20200377811A1 (en) * 2017-03-30 2020-12-03 Innospec Limited Method and use
AU2018244799B2 (en) * 2017-03-30 2023-07-27 Innospec Limited Method and use
US11739276B2 (en) * 2017-03-30 2023-08-29 Innospec Limited Compositions and methods and uses relating thereto
JP2018178079A (en) * 2017-04-04 2018-11-15 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Ionic liquid, lubricant for magnetic recording medium, and magnetic recording medium
JP7033949B2 (en) 2017-04-04 2022-03-11 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Ionic liquids, lubricants for magnetic recording media, and magnetic recording media
WO2018186040A1 (en) * 2017-04-04 2018-10-11 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Ionic liquid, lubricant for magnetic recording medium and magnetic recording medium
US10011795B1 (en) * 2017-12-27 2018-07-03 Afton Chemical Corporation Fuel additive mixtures and fuels containing them
US10308888B1 (en) * 2018-06-15 2019-06-04 Afton Chemical Corporation Quaternary ammonium fuel additives
US11008526B2 (en) 2019-07-23 2021-05-18 Croda Inc. Demulsifier for quaternary ammonium salt containing fuels
US11884890B1 (en) 2023-02-07 2024-01-30 Afton Chemical Corporation Gasoline additive composition for improved engine performance

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2014276831B2 (en) 2017-06-08
EP3004294B1 (en) 2017-04-19
US20190367828A1 (en) 2019-12-05
KR20160015386A (en) 2016-02-12
US20200255755A1 (en) 2020-08-13
EP3653689A1 (en) 2020-05-20
KR102271403B1 (en) 2021-06-30
ES2633936T3 (en) 2017-09-26
WO2014195464A1 (en) 2014-12-11
US11912950B2 (en) 2024-02-27
US10676685B2 (en) 2020-06-09
PL3653689T3 (en) 2023-08-07
CN105849238B (en) 2017-08-15
EP4190882A1 (en) 2023-06-07
US11111449B2 (en) 2021-09-07
MY170788A (en) 2019-08-28
EP3205705B1 (en) 2020-08-12
CA2914279A1 (en) 2014-12-11
US20170342340A1 (en) 2017-11-30
RU2015156745A3 (en) 2018-04-04
EP3205705A1 (en) 2017-08-16
US20210363451A1 (en) 2021-11-25
ES2944716T3 (en) 2023-06-23
PL3004294T3 (en) 2017-10-31
US10407634B2 (en) 2019-09-10
RU2690497C2 (en) 2019-06-04
EP3004294A1 (en) 2016-04-13
AU2014276831A1 (en) 2015-12-24
RU2015156745A (en) 2017-07-14
AU2017203096A1 (en) 2017-06-01
AU2017203096B2 (en) 2018-04-05
ES2829274T3 (en) 2021-05-31
CA2914279C (en) 2023-02-28
HUE051178T2 (en) 2021-03-01
PL3205705T3 (en) 2021-01-11
EP3653689B1 (en) 2023-03-29
CN105849238A (en) 2016-08-10
MY186439A (en) 2021-07-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11912950B2 (en) Use of nitrogen compounds quaternised with alkylene oxide and hydrocarbyl-substituted polycarboxylic acid as additives in fuels and lubricants
US10815444B2 (en) Use of specific derivatives of quaternized nitrogen compounds as additives in fuels and lubricants
US11634654B2 (en) Polycarboxylic acid-based additives for fuels and lubricants
US10550346B2 (en) Quaternized nitrogen compounds and use thereof as additives in fuels and lubricants
AU2017202811B2 (en) Use of quaternised alkyl amines as additives in fuels and lubricants
CA2854421C (en) Quaternized polyetheramines and use thereof as additives in fuels and lubricants
CA2840524C (en) Quaternized nitrogen compounds and use thereof as additives in fuels and lubricants
US20150252277A1 (en) Quaternized polyether amines and their use as additive for fuels and lubricants
US20180251692A1 (en) Use of corrosion inhibitors for fuels and lubricants

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION